REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
FOR
SPRUCE 2 BOILER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
VOLUME I
RFP No: 7000133688
ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 9, 2015
PR #10479705
Document1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
Section A - Request for Proposals (RFP) Overview
Key Terms
Preparation
Section B – Instructions to Offerors
B.1
General
B.2
General Description of Work
B.3
Contract Documents
B.4
Signatures
B.5
Firm Proposal
B.6
Local Conditions
B.7
Ownership of Project Specific Information and Requirements
Section C - Minimum Qualifications for Prospective Offerors
C.1
General
C.2
Qualifying Factors
C.3
Additional Information to be Submitted
C.4
Rejection of Proposals
Agreement between CPS Energy and Contractor
1.
General
2.
Contract Price
3.
Contract Documents
4.
Payment
5.
Contract Term
6.
Guarantee
Section D – General Conditions
D.1
General
D.2
Correlation And Intent of the Contract Documents
D.3
Capitalization
D.4
Interpretation
D.5
Execution of Agreement
D.6
Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service
D.7
Owner’s Field Representative(s)
D.8
Information and Services Required of the Owner
D.9
Owner’s Right To Stop The Work
D.10 Owner’s Right To Carry Out The Work
D.11 Review of the Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor
PR # 10479705
TOC - Page 1 of 4
Document1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
D.12
D.13
D.14
D.15
D.16
D.17
D.18
D.19
D.20
D.21
D.22
D.23
D.24
D.25
D.26
D.27
D.28
D.29
D.30
D.31
D.32
D.33
D.34
D.35
D.36
D.37
D.38
D.39
D.40
D.41
D.42
D.43
D.44
D.45
D.46
D.47
D.48
D.49
D.50
D.51
D.52
D.53
D.54
PR # 10479705
Supervision and Construction Procedures
Labor and Materials
Contractor’s Office
Taxes
Permits, Fees and Notices
Contractor’s Project Schedules
Documents and Samples at the Jobsite
Shop Drawings
Operations at the Jobsite
Management of Waste Debris
Access to and Boundaries of Work
Royalties, Patents, and Copyrights
Quality Control and Testing
Field Representative
Field Representatives Administration of the Contract
Claims and Disputes
Extensions of Time
Resolution of Claims and Disputes
Dispute Resolution Process
Definitions
Award of Subcontracts and other Contracts for Portions of the work
Sub contractual Relations
Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and To Award Separate Contracts
Mutual Responsibility
Change Orders
Construction Change Directives
Progress and Completion
Contract Price
Scope of Payment
Withholding Payment
Progress Payments
Beneficial Use By the Owner
Final Completion and Final Payment
Acceptance of the Work
Final Examination
Final Payment
Safety Precautions and Programs
Hazardous Materials
Emergencies
Protection of Work
Risk of Loss
Contractor’s Insurance
Indemnification
TOC - Page 2 of 4
Document1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
D.55
D.56
D.57
D.58
D.59
D.60
D.61
D.62
D.63
D.64
D.65
D.66.
D.67
D.68
D.69
D.70
Uncovering of Work
Warranty
Acceptance of Noncomforming Work
Termination by the Owner for Cause
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience
Termination by the Owner for Convenience
Performance of Contract and Choice of Law
Successors and Assigns
Right and Remedies
Tests and Inspection
Right to Audit and Perform Quality Assurance
Utilization of Small Business Concerns
Notices
Limitations of Liability
Confidentiality
Order of Priority
Section E – Special Conditions
E.1
General
E.2
Construction Plan and Temporary Facilities
E.3
Construction Utilities
Exhibit A – Minimum Insurance Requirements
Exhibit B – Final Payment Affidavit
Exhibit C – Change Order Form
Exhibit D – Policy for Contractors
1.
Contractor Work Area
2.
Safety and Security
3.
Drugs and Alcohol
4.
CPS Energy Property
5.
Clearance and Equipment
6.
Electrical Requirements
7.
Schedule
8.
Parking
9.
Lunch
10.
Elevators
11.
Restrooms
12.
Emergency
13.
Dumpsters
14.
Management of Accidental Spills
15.
Contact Names and Numbers
PR # 10479705
TOC - Page 3 of 4
Document1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME II
Section F-1 – Project Description
Section F-2 - Scope of Work – Spruce 2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly Replacement
Section F-3 – Scope of Work – Spruce 2 Soot Blower Installations
Section G - General Requirements
VOLUME III
Section H – Proposal
Attachments
Attachment A-1
Attachment A-2
Attachment A-3
Attachment A-4
Attachment B
Attachment C
Attachment D
Attachment E
Attachment F
Attachment G
Attachment H
Attachment I
Attachment J
Attachment K
Attachment L
Attachment M
Attachment N
Attachment O
Attachment P
PR # 10479705
Proposal Price and Adjustment Unit Prices
Base Schedule Proposal Price and Milestone Payment Schedule
Option Schedule Proposal Price and Milestone Payment Schedule
Contractor Rate Sheets
Contractor Qualifications, References and Experience
“R” Stamp Documentation
Safety Information
Subcontractor and Supplier Qualifications and Experience
Project Management Plan
Quality Program
Financial Information
Base Project Schedule/Optional Project Schedule, Performance Guarantees
Litigation/Claims/Compliance History
Warranty
Equipment List
Exceptions and Clarifications
Electrical Requirements
CPS Energy Business Questionnaire
Contractor Employee Data Form
TOC - Page 4 of 4
Document1
SECTION A
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP) OVERVIEW
City of San Antonio, acting by and through City Public Service Board ("CPS Energy") is interested
in acquiring a Contractor to provide services for the Spruce 2 Boiler Improvement Project
(“Work”) hereinafter referred to as “the Project”. CPS Energy is looking for a company whose
primary business concerns, qualifications, technical competence and specialized experience
indicate its ability and willingness to perform this Work. This document provides specifications
and requirements to serve as a guide to Offerors for use in formulating their Proposals.
A Mandatory Pre-Proposal meeting will be held on the date and time specified in the Request
for Proposal Notice, at which time Offeror may discuss any questions pertaining to the Scope of
Work covered in this Agreement.
A set of additional reference drawings pertaining to this project will be made available for viewing
at the pre-proposal meeting. It is understood that Offerors will not receive a copy of these
additional reference drawings and that the only time this information will be made available is
during the pre-proposal meeting.
All correspondence during the Proposal process, including technical questions, should be
submitted through CPS Energy Supply Chain to Karen T. Smith at
KTSmith@CPSEnergy.com. Failure to follow this instruction is subject to immediate
Proposal rejection.
Offerors shall prepare and submit:
 Three (3) identical sealed printed copies and
 One (1) identical electronic copies (flash drives only) of their Proposal.
Each Proposal shall contain a complete copy of this document and required supplemental data.
Proposals that are not prepared and submitted in accordance with these instructions will be
considered irregular and may be rejected at the discretion of CPS Energy. Proposals shall be
submitted in sealed boxes or packages each endorsed on the outside with the Offeror’s name and
the CPS Energy Request for Proposal Name and Number.
Proposal deliveries are accepted from 7:00 am (CST) to 5:00 pm (CST).
Two (2) sets of sealed Proposals as described above will be sent, by the date and time stated in the
Request for Proposal correspondence, to:
Attention: Procurement Analyst, Karen T. Smith
CPS Energy
145 Navarro Street, Mail Drop: 110901
San Antonio, Texas, 78205, or
P.O. Box 2906, San Antonio, Texas 78299-2906
PR # 10479705
A - Page 1 of 3
Document1
All Proposals must be submitted on or before the date and hour stated in the Request for Proposal
correspondence. Proposals may be mailed, but any Proposal not received in Supply Chain by the
specified date and time stated in the Request for Proposal correspondence will not be considered
and will be returned unopened.
CPS Energy reserves, in its sole discretion, not only the right to reject any and all Proposals and
to waive minor formalities and irregularities, but also the right to evaluate the Proposals to
determine which, in its judgment, is the best value to CPS Energy. Offerors must address each of
the following evaluation factors and provide detailed information for evaluation purposes.
In evaluating Proposals, in its sole discretion, CPS Energy will give weight and importance
to the following items:








Project Schedule
Project management plan
Degree of conformance to the Specifications and Contractual Documents
Safety records and training program
Prior performance on similar projects (experience, resolution or problems on previous
projects, reputation for quality and meeting stated guarantees or workmanship technical
support during installation, after-sale support, etc.)
Offeror’s proposed total cost
The reputation and financial soundness of the Offeror
Economic Development (Small, Minority, Diverse, Local Business)
CPS Energy reserves the right to accept any Base or Alternate Proposal other than the apparent
lowest-cost proposal, if in CPS Energy’s judgment, the Proposal provides other benefits to
CPS Energy which CPS Energy deems to be of sufficient benefit to award the Proposal.
CPS Energy will initially evaluate all Proposals based upon evaluation criteria found in the RFP
and as further clarified throughout the evaluation process. Based upon CPS Energy’s initial
evaluation of Offeror’s Proposals, CPS Energy may make a final decision for award or may prepare
a short list of apparent qualified Offerors who will be asked to provide a presentation for
discussion, evaluation, and clarification. Following this evaluation and clarification,
CPS Energy will select one or more Offerors as candidates for a Contract award. During this
period, CPS Energy may enter into discussions and negotiations with one or more of the shortlisted Offerors after which the Offeror may be required to prepare a “Best and Final” offer to the
Proposal.
CPS Energy reserves the right to award a contract to one or more Bidders as determined by
CPS Energy as best value. It is specifically understood and acknowledged by Bidder that
CPS Energy does not intend, nor does it guarantee, any minimum amount of Work to be
performed by any one of the successful Bidders to whom an award is actually made. As each
project is identified by CPS Energy, each of the successful Bidders who sign a contract may be
asked to place bids for that particular project.
PR # 10479705
A - Page 2 of 3
Document1
During the solicitation period, Karen T. Smith shall be the sole contact for any inquiries from
Offerors. Any inquiries from Offerors shall be submitted in writing by electronic mail to Karen T.
Smith at KTSmith@cpsenergy.com. Offerors are prohibited from communicating with
CPS Energy staff (other than Karen T. Smith in the above-described manner), or Board Members
regarding this solicitation during the period in which submittals have been solicited or are being
evaluated, with the exception of pre-submittal meetings open to all Offerors or responses to
questions posed during interviews scheduled after responses are received and opened. Violation
of this provision by Offerors and/or their agents may lead to disqualification of Offeror’s submittal
from consideration.
PR # 10479705
A - Page 3 of 3
Document1
KEY TERMS
Term
Addenda
Adjustment
Prices
Definition
Written or graphic changes or interpretations of the Proposal or Contract
Documents issued by CPS Energy prior to the opening of Proposals.
Unit The Adjustment Unit Price is the price submitted for each unit of Work
as shown in Attachment A. Adjustment Unit Prices will be used to adjust
the Contract Price for approved changes in Work scope and shall include
all labor, materials, equipment, fuel, per diem, engineering, overhead,
loading, mark-ups and any other indirect costs due to schedule impacts or
other factors.
Agreement
The written agreement between CPS Energy and Contractor covering the
Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the
Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. The word,
"Contract," and the word, "Agreement," as used herein are synonymous.
Alternate Proposal
Revisions from the Base Proposal submitted by Contractor as an alternate
to the information in the Proposal Documents.
Amendment
A written document issued by CPS Energy, and signed by CPS Energy
and the Contractor, providing for an adjustment in the Contract terms and
conditions issued after the Effective Date of the Contract.
A satisfactory equivalent to a specified material or product accepted by
contract CPS Energy Representative by Written Approval.
Authorized Inspector An inspector employed by an ASME accredited Authorized Inspection
Agency, as defined in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, PG-91.
Approved Equal
Base Proposal
The Proposal submitted by Contractor which is in compliance with the
Proposal Documents, except for the Exceptions and Clarifications clearly
noted as such within Contractor’s Proposal.
By Owner
Items to be ordered, paid for and shipped to Project by Owner. Contractor
shall receive, unload, unpack or uncrate, protect, move into place, install
and connect these items as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents.
Change Order is defined in Section D.36.
The Agreement representing the entire and integrated agreement between
the parties hereto and superseding prior negotiations, representations or
agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or
modified only by a Change Order or Amendment. The Contract
Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of
any kind between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor.
Change Order
Contract
PR # 10479705
KT - Page 1 of 5
Document1
KEY TERMS
Term
Contract Documents
Definition
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and
Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract
(General and Supplementary), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued
prior to execution of the Contract, other Submittals and Attachment A –
Proposal Price and Adjustment Unit Prices, Attachment C –
Subcontractor and Supplier Qualifications and Experience, and
Attachment H – Project Schedule documents listed in the Agreement, and
Change Orders issued after execution of the Contract. Unless specifically
enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include
other documents such as Proposal requirements (advertisement or
Invitation for Proposal, Instructions to Offerors, sample forms, the
Contractor's Proposal or portions of Addenda relating to Proposal
requirements)
Contract Price
Contract Price is as defined in Section D.39.
Contractor
“Contractor” shall mean the corporation, company, partnership, firm, or
individual named and designated in the Contract as the “Contractor”, who
has entered into this Contract and is responsible for the performance of
the Work covered thereby, and its, his, hers, or their duly authorized
representatives.
Day
“Day” shall mean a successive period of time comprised of 24 hours.
Defect or Defective
Means faulty, deficient Work, which is non-conforming to the Agreement
or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard,
test or approval referred to in the Agreement.
Earning Rules
A methodology for a progress measurement system agreed to by the
Contractor and Owner for progress payments on partial completion of
Work.
Field Representative
Field Representative(s)” or “Owner Representative(s)” shall refer to an
employee or independent party representing the Owner at the Project
Jobsite, who is designated, appointed, or otherwise employed or delegated
by CPS Energy to perform the duties outlined in this Agreement.
PR # 10479705
KT - Page 2 of 5
Document1
KEY TERMS
Term
Final Acceptance
Definition
Final Acceptance or Final Completion shall mean all Work is completed
as defined by Section D.45 Acceptance of the Work.
Furnish
Pay for, deliver (or receive), unload, inspect and store as specified or
directed while retaining care, custody and control until received for
installation by others based on a signed receipt.
Initial Notice to Defined as the date and time at which Owner grants full access to the
affected boiler to proceed with executing the scope of Work.
Proceed Milestone
Install
Receive, set or place in position, make required connections, and adjust
and test for satisfactory performance and operation.
Jobsite or Project
Site
"Jobsite" or "Project Site" shall mean the specific Project location
outlined in Volume II, and adjacent property as needed, for construction
activities where the Work is performed and the Contractor’s construction
office is located.
“Owner” or “CPS Energy” shall mean the City of San Antonio, acting
through City Public Service Board of San Antonio, Texas, a municipal
utility owned by the City of San Antonio, Texas and its duly authorized
agents. All notices, letters, and other communication directed to
CPS Energy after the award of the Contract shall be addressed and
delivered to CPS Energy, P.O. Box 1771, San Antonio, Texas 78296,
Attention: Karen T. Smith, Mail Drop 110901.
“The Drawings" are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract
Plans or Drawings
Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work,
generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and
diagrams. The "Plans or Drawings" shall mean all (a) drawings furnished
by CPS Energy that form the basis for Proposals, (b) supplementary
drawings furnished by CPS Energy to clarify and to define in greater
detail the intent of the Contract drawings and Specifications, (c) drawings
submitted by the Contractor to CPS Energy, and (d) drawings submitted
by CPS Energy to the Contractor during the progress of the Work as
provided for herein.
Pressure Test Ready Defined as the time at which the entire scope of Work necessary to
pressure test (hydro) the boiler is complete. If the Contractor anticipates
Milestone
that the achievement of the Pressure Test Ready Milestone will differ
from the Scheduled Pressure Test Ready Date, as defined in Section D.38,
Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner at least 4 Days prior to the
Contractor’s anticipated achievement of the Pressure Test Ready
Milestone.
Owner
PR # 10479705
KT - Page 3 of 5
Document1
KEY TERMS
Term
Product
Definition
Materials, systems and equipment incorporated in, or to be incorporated
in, the Project.
Project
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under
the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part, and which may
include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.
Proposal
The formal offer of the Contractor submitted on the prescribed Section
Attachments and all information submitted as required under Volume III.
Proposal Request
Document issued by Owner Representative, which requests a cost
quotation for proposed changes to the Contract Documents. If accepted
by "Owner", it is followed by issuance of a Change Order.
Provide
Furnish and install, including, without limitation, labor, materials,
equipment, transportation, services or other items required to complete
referenced tasks to ensure their successful operation
Purchase Order
The document issued by CPS Energy’s Supply Chain Department to track
the existence and payments for Work performed under the Contract.
Reviewed,
Approved,
Acceptable,
Satisfactory, or
Equal
Scheduled Pressure
Test Ready Date
Or other similar terms used in any Specification to this Agreement shall,
unless otherwise expressly stated, mean as reviewed and as commented
on by CPS Energy, and no such review or comments shall relieve
Contractor of any of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement.
Scheduled Time of
Completion Date
The date and hour reflected on the Project Schedule which is no more than
the following number of Days past the Initial Notice to Proceed
Milestone:
Base Schedule (From Volume III, Attachment A-2.4): 55 Days
Option Schedule (From Volume III, Attachment A-3.4): TBD
The date and hour reflected on the Project Schedule which is no more than
the following number of Days past the Initial Notice to Proceed
Milestone:
Base Schedule (From Volume III, Attachment A-2.4): 47 Days
Option Schedule (From Volume III, Attachment A-3.4): TBD
Second Notice to Defined as the time upon which Owner has successfully pressure tested
(hydro) the boiler and Contractor is once again granted full access to the
Proceed Milestone
affected boiler to complete the remaining scope of Work that could not be
completed prior to the pressure test.
PR # 10479705
KT - Page 4 of 5
Document1
KEY TERMS
Term
Specifications
Definition
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting
of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards
and Workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.
Subcontractor
“Subcontractor” shall mean and refer only to a corporation, partnership,
or individual having a direct Contract with the Contractor to furnish
installation labor, or labor and materials required for a particular segment
of the Work.
Time of Completion
Milestone
Defined as the time upon which the entire scope of Work necessary to
safely operate each unit is complete.
Work
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the
Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and
includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to
be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The
Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. For purposes of
Final Payment, it includes all manuals, warranties, guarantees, as-built
updated Drawings, testing, and start-up of all equipment and systems
required by Volume I, II and III.
Force Majeure
The term “Force Majeure” means an event due solely to occurrences
beyond the reasonable control of a party, which could not have been
avoided through the exercise of reasonable care, prudence and diligence.
System
The term “System” means the boiler tube assemblies, framing systems
and structural supports, and associated areas and accessories for each
individual project installation.
Per
The term “Per” means in accordance with and/or as required by.
PR # 10479705
KT - Page 5 of 5
Document1
Preparation
To expedite and simplify Proposal evaluation and to assure that each Proposal receives the same
orderly review, all Proposals shall adhere to the format and specifications described in this Section:
a)
All the elements of information specified must be included without exception.
b)
Sections and pages shall be appropriately numbered and ordered.
c)
A Table of Contents listing all sections, figures and tables must be included.
d)
Labeled index tabs shall separate major sections and appendices.
e)
Microsoft Version Word Office 2003 or later needs to be used for the digital copy.
f)
Quoted rates/fees will be assumed to include all Work requirements that are
outlined in Offeror’s Proposal unless otherwise specifically noted.
g)
The name, title, address, telephone number and email address of the individual with
authority to contractually bind the Offeror.
h)
Using identical Proposal forms as specified herein, the Proposal must be carefully
prepared and bound herewith.
i)
Proposals shall define in detail any deviations from the RFP. All cost information,
exceptions, clarifications, and advantages shall be defined in detail. Any and all
variances or exceptions taken to the Contract Documents must be specifically
noted.
CPS Energy assumes no liability or responsibility for the costs incurred by the Offeror for
any materials, efforts or expenses required in the preparation of Proposals or in connection
with presentations or demonstrations prior to the issuance of a Contract.
PR # 10479705
Prep - Page 1 of 1
Document1
SECTION B
INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS
B.1
GENERAL
These instructions apply to Proposals for the Spruce 2 Boiler Improvement Project for CPS Energy
of San Antonio, Texas, hereinafter referred to as “CPS Energy” or “Owner.”
B.2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Volume I, II, and III of these Proposal Documents include a complete Project description and
define the scope of Work included in the Proposal.
B.3
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents for the Work proposed in Volume I, II, and III will include:
a. The specifications and documents, including the drawings and appendices included in
this Request for Proposal, together with changes, if any, based on the Offeror’s
Proposal or other submittals to the extent incorporated in this document prior to its
execution.
b. Drawings and engineering data developed during progress of Work, specifications,
instruction manuals and other documents to be developed with this Agreement.
c. The CPS Energy Purchase Order issued to the successful Offeror.
d. All Addenda, supplemental Purchase Orders, and other supplemental written
documents which may be issued as Amendments to the Contract.
These documents collectively shall form the Contract between CPS Energy and the successful
Offeror for the specified Work.
B.4
SIGNATURES
Offeror shall sign one (1) original Proposal with Offeror’s usual signature and shall give Offeror’s
full business address. Proposals by partnerships shall be signed with the partnership name,
followed by the signature and designation of one of the partners or other authorized representative.
Proposals by a corporation shall be signed in the name of the corporation, followed by the signature
and designation of the president, secretary, or other person authorized to offer a Proposal for the
corporation. The names of all persons signing should also be typed or printed below the signature.
A Proposal by a person who affixes to his/her signature the word “president”, “secretary”, “agent”,
or other designation, without disclosing his/her principal, will be rejected. When requested,
satisfactory evidence of the authority of the officer signing on behalf of the corporation shall be
PR # 10479705
B - Page 1 of 2
Document1
furnished. Proposing corporations shall designate the state in which they are incorporated and the
address of their principal office.
B.5
FIRM PROPOSAL
Each Proposal shall be firm, not subject to escalation. Proposals may not be withdrawn, and
pricing shall remain effective for one-hundred twenty (120) days after the Proposal deadline.
B.6
LOCAL CONDITIONS
It must be understood and agreed that all factors have been properly investigated and considered
in the preparation of every Proposal submitted. There will be no subsequent financial adjustment
that is based on the lack of such prior information or its effect on the cost of the Work.
CPS Energy makes no warranty, expressed or implied, with respect to the accuracy or sufficiency
of the Contract Documents or any interpretation of any facts disclosed by any preliminary
investigations that may have been made by CPS Energy. Claims for additional compensation due
to variation between conditions actually encountered in construction as to these items and as
indicated by the plans will not be allowed.
B.7
OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Title to all drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents remains with CPS Energy and
passage of any license, copyright, or proprietary right is not intended. All Offerors and the
successful Offeror awarded the Contract agree that this material will not be used in any manner
other than for the preparation of Proposals and for the construction covered by the Contract
Documents. Documents referred to other firms for Proposals on subcontracts will be subject to
the same provisions.
PR # 10479705
B - Page 2 of 2
Document1
SECTION C
MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS FOR PROSPECTIVE OFFERORS
C.1
GENERAL
Each Offeror shall submit information with its Proposal for CPS Energy's use in evaluating the
Offeror’s qualifications and Offeror’s ability to satisfactorily perform the Work requested.
Proposals submitted by Offerors not meeting the minimum qualifications are subject to rejection.
CPS Energy reserves the right to make any and all of the requested information part of the Contract
Documents if the Offeror’s Proposal is accepted. Any changes or substitutions shall be made only
with the written acceptance of CPS Energy, and such change or substitution shall not be cause for
additional financial compensation nor shall it invalidate the Contract in any way.
C.2
QUALIFYING FACTORS
The following factors shall be considered to be the minimum qualifications for Offerors providing
a Proposal to CPS Energy:
1.
A description of the firm’s operational history which reflects that the Offeror has
been actively engaged for a minimum of ten (10) consecutive years as a Contractor
providing similar power plant installation services as those defined in the
Specifications attached herein.
2.
A current “R” stamp and certificate of authorization for the application of the “R”
stamp for boiler services. A COPY of the Offeror’s “R” stamp shall be sent with
its Proposal and must clearly show the date the “R” stamp was obtained.
3.
The Offeror’s safety information as follows:
a. On NCCI letterhead annual statement of worker’s compensation Experience
Modification Rating (EMR) for the most recent three (3) years. Offeror’s
with an average rating of >1.30 will not be considered for award.
b. Provide the Year-To-Date OSHA Recordable Injury Rate (RIR) and the
U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) SIC Code RIR average for their
industry.
c. Provide Offeror’s OSHA Citation History for the past three (3)
Years. Offeror will not be considered for award should history reflect any
“Willful” OSHA citations. Additionally, submit OSHA 300 & 300 (A)
injury / illness logs for the past (3) calendar years.
d. A statement of Offeror’s ability to provide a Safety Professional that: 1) has
completed the OSHA thirty (30) hour outreach training course; 2) will be
located within a 50 mile radius of the Work to be performed under this
PR # 10479705
C - Page 1 of 8
Document1
Agreement; and 3) will be responsive to CPS Energy’s request for
participation in safety events, analysis and/or sessions.
Documentation supporting evidence of the above items, 1-3, regarding Minimum
Qualifications must be provided as instructed in Section C.3.
C.3
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED
The Offeror shall also submit the following information with its Proposal:
1.
PROPOSAL PRICE & ADJUSTMENT UNIT PRICES– Attach to the
Proposal form as “Attachment A” all information requested below:
a. Offeror shall submit a Base Schedule and Option Schedule Lump Sum Price
Proposal, along with Adjustment Unit Prices in the form of Attachment A-1.
b. Offeror shall submit a Base Schedule Lump Sum Price Proposal, including
schedule guarantees, for the Work specified in Volume II in the form of Volume
III, Attachment A-2. Pricing shall include a cost breakdown of materials and
labor with man-hour estimates to complete the scope of Work and meet the
outage schedule specified in Volume II.
c. Offeror may submit an Optional Schedule Lump Sum Price Proposal, including
schedule guarantees, for the Work specified in Volume II in the form of Volume
III, Attachment A-3. Pricing shall include a cost breakdown of materials and
labor with man-hour estimates to complete the scope of Work and meet the
outage schedule specified in Volume II.
d. Offeror shall submit man-hour rates (time and materials) for any additional
Work which may be required and which are not included or specified in Volume
II in the form of Volume III, Attachment A-4. RATE SHEETS MUST BE
CURRENT and VALID through the end of calendar year 2016. Any and all
additional Work must be approved in writing by CPS Energy through the
Change Order process.
2.
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS, REFERENCES AND EXPERIENCE
- Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment B” all information requested
below:
a. A list of at least four (4) verifiable, different company references for ONLY
major power plant pressure part installation projects performed during the last
ten (10) years, to include Company name, address, and a verifiable contact
person’s name and phone number. All four (4) references shall be ONLY for
major projects in excess of two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the last ten
(10) years. Each reference submitted shall include the total project cost along
with a brief job description of the services performed by the Offeror specifically
as the prime Contractor.
PR # 10479705
C - Page 2 of 8
Document1
b. ANY and ALL vertical superheat or reheat pressure part installation projects
performed during the last ten (10) years shall be included in this list.
c. ANY and ALL power plant pressure part replacement projects during the last
five (5) years where 10% or more of the total project tube welds were SA-213T91 or Superalloy-SA-213-304H. For these projects, include the project
failure rate of all SA-213-T91 and Superalloy-SA-213-304H welds.
3.
CONTRACTOR “R” STAMP – Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment
C” all information requested below:
a. A COPY of the Offeror’s “R” stamp, and it must clearly show the date the “R”
stamp was obtained.
4.
SAFETY INFORMATION – Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment D”
all information requested below:
a. On NCCI letterhead annual statement of worker’s compensation Experience
Modification Rating (EMR) for the most recent three (3) years. Offeror’s with
an average rating of >1.30 will not be considered for award.
b. Provide the Year-To-Date OSHA Recordable Injury Rate (RIR) and the U.S.
Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) SIC Code RIR average for their industry.
c. Provide Offeror’s OSHA Citation History for the past three (3) Years. Offeror
will not be considered for award should history reflect any “Willful” OSHA
citations. Additionally, submit OSHA 300 & 300 (A) injury / illness logs for
the past (3) calendar years.
d. A statement of Offeror’s ability to provide a Safety Professional that: 1) has
completed the OSHA thirty (30) hour outreach training course; 2) will be
located within a 50 mile radius of the Work to be performed under this
Agreement; and 3) will be responsive to CPS Energy’s request for participation
in safety events, analysis and/or sessions.
e. Up-to-date copy of their Safety Program/Manual. Safety Program/Manuals that
have not been updated to meet current OSHA standards within the last twelve
(12) months are considered out-of-date. (one example is that the new OSHA
Hazard Communication Standard has various compliance deadlines: The
Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) (29 CFR 1910.1200(g)), revised in
2012, requires that the chemical manufacturer, distributor, or importer provide
Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) (formerly MSDSs or Material Safety Data Sheets)
for each hazardous chemical to downstream users to communicate information
on these hazards. The information contained in the SDS is largely the same as
the MSDS, except now the SDSs are required to be presented in a consistent
user-friendly, 16-section format.
For deadline dates please go to
www.OSHA.gov)
PR # 10479705
C - Page 3 of 8
Document1
f. Records (training and accident information) and an actual manual of Offeror's
training and safety programs for operating equipment, and working around
energized equipment, handling, storing, and disposing of waste materials.
g. A Project specific site safety plan detailing anticipated Project safety
supervision, the names of each full-time, qualified safety inspector for each subproject, safety meeting schedules, hazard communication, etc.
5.
SUBCONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS AND
EXPERIENCE - Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment E” all
information requested below:
a. A list of names and addresses of all Subcontractors to be used, if any, and the
proposed services each Subcontractor would perform. This should include any
suppliers furnishing materials, scaffold provider, insulation and lagging
contractor, vacuum services provider, dust blast service provider, the authorized
inspector, or any others providing services to the Contractor.
The
Subcontractors must meet the approval of CPS Energy prior to the execution of
this Contract. Offerors shall use CPS Energy Subcontracting Documents, and
provide additional information on Attachment E.
b. For any Subcontractors to be used, the Safety Information listed in #3 above,
must be submitted.
6.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN - Attach to the Proposal Form as
“Attachment F” all information requested below:
a. A detailed Work plan which should include all major efforts, services,
sequencing, personnel, tools, scaffolding, scheduling, and resources required
for the successful demolition, removal, repair, and installation of Work outlined
in Volume II. The plan must demonstrate that this Project will accomplish
CPS Energy’s objectives and that it shall be completed successfully during the
scheduled outage window. CPS Energy must approve the plan prior to
commencement of Work.
b. A description of the firm’s organizational set-up and organizational flowchart
reflecting the firm’s ability to perform the Work.
c. A list, including up-to-date resumes, of Offeror’s personnel and a description
of how these personnel would be involved in this Contract. Additionally, an
updated resume is required for the proposed job site Project Manager. The
Project Manager should have a minimum of eight (8) years of experience in the
building trade (power plant work) and a minimum of five (5) years of
experience as a project manager or superintendent. The project managers are
subject to approval by CPS Energy. Updated resumes should also be included
PR # 10479705
C - Page 4 of 8
Document1
for the proposed QA/QC inspectors and safety inspectors. The QA/QC
inspectors should have a minimum of five (5) consecutive years of experience
as a dedicated, full-time certified welding inspector (CWI). The safety
inspectors should have a minimum of five (5) years of experience as a safety
inspector. The job-site project managers, QA/QC inspectors, and safety
inspectors should be different individuals.
7.
QUALITY PROGRAM - Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment G” all
information requested below:
a. A short description of the proposed project-specific Quality Program to include
quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC). Offeror shall also provide a
description of the Offeror’s Corporate Quality Program. An updated copy of
the Corporate Quality Program would be preferable.
b. All weld procedures specifications (WPS) required to complete the Project
scope of Work. Note: Superalloy-SA-213-304H IS NOT SA-213-TP-304H.
Standard P8 weld procedure specifications are not acceptable for welding
Superalloy-SA-213-304H. Offeror shall state their ability to provide or create
the necessary weld procedure specifications required to complete all project
welds related to Superalloy-SA-213-304H prior to arrival onsite.
c. A proposed escalation plan for the discovery of failed welds to include at a
minimum: determination of repair versus replacement, handling the completed
welds and future welds of the welder/s responsible for the failed weld, and
handling of potential SA-213-T91 related weld repairs and post-weld heat
treatment (PWHT).
8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION – Attach to the Proposal as “Attachment H”
all information requested below:
a. A copy of the Offeror's last fiscal year's financial statements (audited preferred),
and the most recent quarter's financial statements. Financial statements should
include the balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement, statement of
shareholder equity, and comprehensive income, and all related notes. Company
and industry information will be evaluated using financial information that may
be both provided and/or obtained from Dun & Bradstreet and similar financial
information providers.
9.
BASE
PROJECT
SCHEDULE/OPTIONAL
PROJECT
SCHEDULE/PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES – Attach to the Proposal as
“Attachment I” all information requested below:
a. Offeror shall submit a preliminary Project Schedule with start and end dates
showing the number of work Days for each major activity the Offeror shall
perform. A separate Project Schedule reflecting the Optional Schedule
PR # 10479705
C - Page 5 of 8
Document1
Proposal, outlined in Section F, VI, 1, ii below, will be submitted if Offeror
chooses to provide an Optional Schedule Proposal. Additionally, the Offeror
shall submit expected manpower (number of men, number of hours) and
proposed work-shift requirements for each schedule. The preliminary Project
Schedules must, at a minimum, demonstrate how the Work will be completed
within the maximum time period stated in Volume II. The final project
schedules shall be in a format compatible with Primavera P6.
Spruce Unit 2 Outage J216 is tentatively scheduled to begin January 22, 2016.
Access for working days inside the boiler tentatively begins Wednesday,
January 27, 2016 at 6:30 A.M. The actual date and time will be designated as
the Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
1. Base Schedule. The selected Contractor will be given 47 Days after the
Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone to achieve the Pressure Test Ready
Milestone. The selected Contractor should expect to allow for four (4) Days
for Owner to pressure test the boiler, although this is an estimate only. After
the boiler is successfully pressure tested, the selected Contractor will be
notified of the Second Notice to Proceed Milestone. The selected contractor
will achieve the Time of Completion Milestone by the Scheduled Time of
Completion Milestone Date after the Second Notice to Proceed. Offeror
will provide a lump sum Base Proposal with Schedule Guarantees for the
achievement of the Time of Completion Milestone for the Project as
Volume III Attachment A-2.
2. Optional Schedule. Offeror may also submit an Optional Schedule Proposal
for the Work associated with the Project. Offerors who choose to submit
an Optional Schedule Proposal will provide a separate lump sum Proposal
with Schedule Guarantees as outlined in Volume III, Attachment A-3. The
Optional Schedule Proposal should reflect the Offeror’s best possible
schedule to complete the scope of Work. Offeror will state the number of
Days necessary after the Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone to achieve a
Pressure Test Ready Milestone. The Offeror should expect to allow for four
(4) Days for Owner to pressure test the boiler, although this is an estimate
only. Offeror will also state the number of Days necessary after the Initial
Notice to Proceed Milestone to achieve the Time of Completion Milestone.
CPS Energy may, in its sole discretion, select either the Base Schedule Proposal or the
Optional Schedule Proposal at the time the Contract is awarded. Offeror will be held
accountable for achievement of the Schedule Guarantees associated with the Base
Proposal or Optional Schedule Proposal.
10.
LITIGATION/CLAIMS/COMPLIANCE HISTORY – Attach to the Proposal
form as “Attachment J” all information requested below:
a. A list of any citations, notices of violation, legal proceedings, or project
terminations that any Federal, State, or local regulatory agency or department,
PR # 10479705
C - Page 6 of 8
Document1
or corporation or individual has issued to the firm, or any employee of the firm,
while that employee was performing the services for the firm in the past three
(3) years. If there are no violations, Offeror shall provide a statement of such.
In the event there are citations, notices of violation, legal proceedings, or any
project terminations filed against the Offeror, CPS Energy reserves the right
to reject the Offeror’s proposal.
11.
WARRANTY – Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment K” all
information requested below:
a. A detailed description of Offeror’s proposed warranty. Minimum acceptable
warranty includes a workmanship guarantee of eighteen months (1-1/2 years)
from successful boiler pressure test (hydro) following installation.
12.
EQUIPMENT LIST – Attach to the Proposal form as “Attachment L” all
information requested below:
a. A list of all equipment to be used by the Offeror for this Work. Offeror shall
note which pieces of equipment are owned by the firm.
13.
EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS - Attach to the Proposal form as
“Attachment M” all information requested below:
a. Any exception to the specifications, requirements or the terms and conditions
of this Contract must be clearly acknowledged and explained on a separate page
and must accompany the proposal. If there are no exceptions, the words “NO
EXCEPTIONS” must be stated.
14.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS – Attach to the Proposal form as
“Attachment N” all information requested below:
a. A signed policy document which includes completing the Electrical
Requirements Section found in Exhibit D, “Policy for Contractors.”
15.
CPS ENERGY BUSINESS QUESTIONNAIRE - Attach to the Proposal form
as “Attachment O” all information requested below.
Offeror is required to submit a completed CPS Energy Business Questionnaire,
attached as Attachment O, with their Proposal only if their business classification
is expired or not listed within the CPS Energy’s supplier database.
If Offeror has provided Goods or performed Work for CPS Energy in the two (2)
years preceding the Proposal due date and completed a Business Questionnaire at
that time, Offeror shall access the Supplier Classification List to determine whether
Offeror’s business classification is current or needs updating.
Business
Questionnaires shall only be considered valid for two (2) years from classification
PR # 10479705
C - Page 7 of 8
Document1
date and must be updated with a new Business Questionnaire beyond such 2 year
period. The Business Questionnaire assists CPS Energy, who is a federal contractor
for reporting its contracting activity to the federal government, in identifying an
Offeror’s business, if applicable, as 1) Local, 2) Small, and/or 3) Diverse in
accordance with the definitions/descriptions below:



C.4
Local – Any business located in the San Antonio eight-county metropolitan
area as defined by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The
metropolitan area is colloquially referred to as "Greater San Antonio" and is
situated in South-Central Texas. The counties included are Atascosa, Bandera,
Bexar, Comal, Guadalupe, Kendall, Medina, and Wilson Counties.
Small – A business that does not exceed the Small Business Administration's
size standards, which vary by work category. Information about each category
and
size
standard
can
be
located
by
going
to
http://www.sba.gov/size/indextableofsize.html
Diverse – Any Businesses which meets one of the following classifications,
Women, Minority, Veteran, Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Zone,
or Service-disabled Veteran
REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
Failure to submit information detailed in SECTION C.2, QUALIFYING FACTORS,
and SECTION C. 3, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED, may be
used, at the sole discretion of CPS Energy, in determining whether the Offeror’s Proposal
is accepted or rejected.
PR # 10479705
C - Page 8 of 8
Document1
AGREEMENT
BETWEEN CPS ENERGY AND CONTRACTOR
This Agreement is dated and effective as of the
th day of
in the year 2015,
by and between and the City of San Antonio, acting by and through City Public Service Board,
hereinafter referred to as “CPS Energy”, and <Supplier Name> having its principal place of
business at <mailing address of Supplier>, termed in this Agreement and Contract Documents as
“Contractor.”
CPS Energy and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein and hereafter set
forth, agree as follows:
1.
GENERAL
This Agreement shall apply to the Contract awarded by CPS Energy for Work associated with
CPS Energy Purchase Order Number
, and Contractor shall complete all Work as
specified in Section F, titled “Scope of Work” or as indicated in the Contract Documents.
2.
CONTRACT PRICE
2.1
As consideration for the Work to be performed hereunder by Contractor,
CPS Energy agrees to pay and Contractor agrees to accept a sum of money set forth in Section H,
titled, “Proposal.”
2.2
In the event any additional Work shall be performed hereunder, then the
consideration covering the additional Work shall be the amount specified on a Supplemental
Purchase Order and/or Amendment issued by the CPS Energy Supply Chain.
3.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3.1
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, CPS Energy's Request for
Proposal, the Contractor's Proposal, and any referenced Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda
issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the
Contract and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement repeated herein.
3.2
This Contract represents the entire and integrated Agreement between the parties
hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral.
PR # 10479705
Agr - Page 1 of 3
Document1
3.3
The Contract shall prevail over conflicting statements on any Purchase Order,
change order or any other document related to the scope of work covered by this Contract. An
enumeration of the Contract Documents is as follows:
Agreement between CPS Energy and Contractor
Section D
General Conditions
Section E
Special Conditions
Exhibit A
Minimum Insurance Requirements
Exhibit B
Final Payment Affidavit
Exhibit C
Change Order Form
Exhibit D
Policy for Contractors
Section F-1
Project Description
Section F-2
Scope of Work – Spruce 2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly
Replacement
Section F-3
Scope of Work – Spruce 2 Soot Blower Installations
Section G
General Requirements
Section H
Proposal
Attachment A-1 Proposal Price and Adjustment Unit Prices
Attachment A-2 Base Schedule Proposal Price and Milestone Payment Schedule
Attachment A-3 Option Schedule Proposal Price and Milestone Payment
Schedule
Attachment A-4 Contractor Rate Sheets
Attachment I
Base Project Schedule/Optional Project Schedule, Performance
Guarantees
Attachment K
Warranty
Attachment P
Contractor Employee Data Form
3.2
All written amendments, change orders, and other documents, amending,
modifying or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to Section B.2. These documents
collectively shall form the Contract between CPS Energy and the successful Contractor for the
specified Work.
4.
PAYMENT
Payment for this Agreement will be made in accordance with Section D.40 of the General
Conditions. Invoices and correspondence must reference the CPS Energy Purchase Order
Number.
5.
CONTRACT TERM
The Work to be performed under this Agreement shall begin upon Contract execution and end no
later than December 31, 2016.
PR # 10479705
Agr - Page 2 of 3
Document1
6.
GUARANTEE
That the Contractor will guarantee all workmanship under this Contract for five (5) years from
date of final completion and acceptance of each project, as further defined in Section D.56 of the
General Conditions.
IN FAITH WHEREOF, Witness the hands and seals of both parties on the day and year in this
Agreement first above written:
CONTRACTOR
CITY OF SAN ANTONIO,
ACTING BY AND THROUGH
CITY PUBLIC SERVICE BOARD
By:
By:
Printed Name:
Printed Name:
Title:
Title:
Date:
PR # 10479705
Date:
Agr - Page 3 of 3
Document1
SECTION D
GENERAL CONDITIONS
D.1
GENERAL
These GENERAL CONDITIONS are applicable to the Contract awarded by the City of San
Antonio, acting by and through City Public Service Board, termed in this Agreement and the
Contract Documents as “CPS Energy,” for Work associated with CPS Energy Request for Proposal
(RFP) Number 7000133688.
D.2
CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
D.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are
complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance
by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and
reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.
D.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and
arrangement of Drawings, shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by anyone.
D.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known
technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
D.2.4 Within the Contract Volume II documents and plans: Numerical dimensions govern
over scaled dimensions; Special Provisions govern over plans (including general notes), which
govern over standard specifications and special specifications; Job-specific plan sheets govern
over standard plan sheets.
D.3
CAPITALIZATION
D.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1)
specifically defined, and (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs,
Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document.
D.4
INTERPRETATION
D.4.1 In the interest of brevity, the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words
such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article
is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of
either statement.
D.5
EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT
The Agreement shall be signed by the Owner and the Contractor. Execution of the Contract by
the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the Jobsite, become generally
PR # 10479705
D - Page 1 of 36
Document1
familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated personal
observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.
D.6
OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER
INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE
D.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic
form, prepared by CPS Energy or CPS Energy's consultants, are instruments of service through
which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one
record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or
equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other
documents prepared by CPS Energy or CPS Energy's consultants, and unless otherwise indicated,
CPS Energy will retain title to such Drawings, Specifications or other documents in addition to the
copyrights. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably
accounted for to the Field Representative, on request, upon completion of the Work.
D.6.2 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by CPS Energy and
CPS Energy's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with
respect to the Work under this Agreement. Electronic versions of the Drawings are available from
the Field Representative for use in preparing shop drawings. They are not to be used by the
Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other
projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written
consent of the Owner and CPS Energy's consultants. The Contractor is responsible for appropriate
provisions for use as prescribed by the Rules of Professional Practice promulgated by the Texas
Board of Professional Engineers. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and
material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the
Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by CPS Energy and CPS Energy's
consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract
Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if
any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents.
D.7
OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE(S)
D.7.1 The Owner shall designate in writing one or more Field Representatives who shall
have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval
or authorization. The Field Representative(s) shall examine the equipment and materials furnished
and the Work performed for compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. The Contractor
shall furnish all reasonable assistance required by these individuals for the proper examination of
the Work.
D.7.2 The Contractor shall obey the written directions and instructions of the Field
Representative. It is the intent of this Contract that all Work shall be in strict accordance with the
Drawings and Specifications and good construction practice. If the Field Representative discovers
Work incompatible with the Drawings and Specifications, the Field Representative will report the
condition to the Contractor’s construction Project Manager or other appropriate supervisory
official. The Contractor shall immediately remove such substandard Work or take other
appropriate actions as directed to correct unacceptable conditions. The provisions of this
paragraph shall apply to all phases of the Work of this Contract.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 2 of 36
Document1
D.7.3 The Field Representative and other authorized representatives of CPS Energy shall
be free at all times to perform their duties and shall have free access to all areas of the Jobsite,
including the warehouses and offices of the Contractor. Any attempted intimidation of one of
them by the Contractor or Contractor's employees shall be sufficient reason for the immediate and
permanent removal of the offending party from the job, or at the option of CPS Energy, termination
of the Contract.
D.7.4 Such examination shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to construct
the Work in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Work not so constructed shall
be removed and replaced by the Contractor at Contractor’s own expense.
D.8
INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
D.8.1 The Contractor will be furnished one electronic set of all Drawings, including
revisions thereto, and one copy of the Specifications, without charge. Additional sets of Drawings
and revisions thereto, and additional copies of Specifications, may be obtained by payment of
printing, handling, and mailing costs. All Drawings and Specifications shall be returned to
CPS Energy upon completion of the Work. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy
of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe
performance of the Work.
D.8.2 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be
furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant
to the Contractor’s performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the
Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services.
D.9
OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents or fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the
Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until
the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work
shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the
Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section D.34.1.
D.10 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents and fails within a two-project-working-day period after receipt of written notice from
the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and
promptness, the Owner may, after such two-project-working-day period, give the Contractor a
second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a two-project-working-day period. If the
Contractor within such two-project-working-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to
commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other
remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case, an appropriate Change
Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable
cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses. If payments then or thereafter
PR # 10479705
D - Page 3 of 36
Document1
due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference
to the Owner, subject to the limitation of liability provisions in Section D.68.
D.11 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY
CONTRACTOR
D.11.1 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Field Representative
in the administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed
by persons other than the Contractor.
D.11.2 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of
the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other
Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by
the Owner pursuant to Section D.8, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related
to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the Jobsite affecting it. These
obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor. Should anything
necessary for clear understanding of the Work be omitted from the Specifications and Drawings,
or should the requirements appear to be in conflict, or if any errors, inconsistencies or omissions
are discovered by the Contractor, the Contractor shall secure written instructions from CPS Energy
before proceeding with the Work affected thereby. It is understood and agreed that the Work shall
be performed according to the true intent of the Contract Documents.
D.11.3 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be
reported promptly to the Field Representative, but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is
made in the Contractor's capacity as a Contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to
ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances,
building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or made known
to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Field Representative. The Contractor shall not
be liable to the Owner for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the
Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract
Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and
knowingly failed to report it to the Field Representative.
D.12
SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
D.12.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and
attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work
under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning
these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the Jobsite
safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the Jobsite
safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines
that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor
shall give timely written notice to the Owner and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work
PR # 10479705
D - Page 4 of 36
Document1
without further written instructions from the Owner. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

All employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby;

All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage
on or off the Jobsite or delivered to the Jobsite, that are under the care, custody or control
of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, including protecting
the Work from exposure to the elements; and

All public and private property, including all existing property of CPS Energy at the Jobsite
or adjacent thereto, created under or affected by this Contract, including trees, shrubs,
lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
D.12.2 The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to CPS Energy of public or private
property and utilities when such property and utilities are liable to injury or damage through the
performance of the Work, and shall make all necessary arrangements with owners of such utilities
relative to the removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities.
D.12.3 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss to the Work, including,
but not limited to, existing CPS Energy property and/or equipment, caused in whole or in part by
the actions or activities of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable and for which the Contractor is responsible, subject to the limitation of liability provisions
in Section D.68. All such repair Work must be acceptable to CPS Energy as determined by its
Field Representative.
D.12.4 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the
Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or
entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors.
D.12.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already
performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
D.13
LABOR AND MATERIALS
D.13.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide
and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, utilities,
power during construction, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper
execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work until Final Acceptance of the Work.
D.13.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the
Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not
permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 5 of 36
Document1
D.14 CONTRACTOR’S OFFICE
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable office at the
Jobsite in San Antonio, Texas, which shall be the headquarters of a representative authorized to
receive Drawings, instructions, or other communication. Any communication given to the said
representative, or delivered at the Contractor’s construction office at the Jobsite in Contractor's
absence, shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor. Copies of items listed under
Section D.18 shall be kept at the Contractor’s office at the site of the Work, available for use at all
times. The exact location of the Contractor's office shall be coordinated with the Field
Representative. The cost of maintaining and staffing said office, equipment, including the costs
of office fixtures, furniture and supplies, shall be borne by the Contractor as part of Contractor’s
administrative overhead expenses.
D.15 TAXES
The contract price is exclusive of any present or future federal, state, or municipal sales, use,
excise, property or other similar taxes with respect to the work. The City Public Service Board of
San Antonio, Texas (“CPS Energy”) is a political subdivision of the State of Texas organized
pursuant to Texas law codified at Chapter 1502 of the Texas Government Code and, as such, is a
TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION. Except as otherwise provided, this Contract is a separated
contract for Texas Sales and Use Tax purposes as defined in Rule 34 TAC 3.291. Contractor’s
invoices shall provide separated charges for all direct material, labor, and other costs. CPS Energy
is exempt from certain sales and use taxes with respect to the purchase price of all materials,
supplies, equipment and consumables purchased under a separated Contract and which are
incorporated into the Work. Contractor shall not invoice or charge CPS Energy for such taxes and
shall be provided with a Sales Tax-Exemption Certificate, upon request. Failure by Contractor to
request a Sales Tax-Exemption Certificate shall not mean that CPS Energy waives its tax-exempt
status. CPS Energy shall not pay any taxes for which it is exempt.
D.16
PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
D.16.1 Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits, licenses, inspections and any other
forms of documentation required relating to the services provided hereunder at its sole cost unless
the law or regulation governing such permitting or licensing requires that CPS Energy do so. Upon
request, the Contractor shall promptly furnish CPS Energy copies of all permits, licenses or other
documentation applicable to this Agreement.
D.16.2 Contractor is responsible for all necessary provisions to assure compliance with the
necessary permits and licenses required for the execution of the Work.
D.17 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SCHEDULES
Thirty (30) Days prior to each anticipated outage start date, as described in Volume II, Contractor
shall submit a final detailed Project schedule and Work Plan as required by Volume II. The Project
schedule shall not exceed the time limits under the Contract Documents, shall be related to the
entire project and shall be revised to the extent required by Volume II. The Contractor shall notify
the Field Representative daily of the Work progress.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 6 of 36
Document1
D.18 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE JOBSITE
The Contractor shall maintain at the Jobsite for the Owner one record copy of all the Project Record
Documents, including all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, approved Shop
Drawings, Product Data, and similar required submittals. All such Project Documents shall be in
good order and marked current to record field changes, selections made during construction and
with the latest revisions thereto. These shall be available to CPS Energy and shall be delivered to
the Owner upon completion of the Work.
D.19
SHOP DRAWINGS
D.19.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, as referenced in Volume II, Specification, diagrams,
schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,
Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
D.19.2 Shop Drawings and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose
of their submittal is to demonstrate, for those portions of the Work for which submittals are
required by the Contract Documents, the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the
information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Informational
submittals upon which the Owner is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in
the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be
returned by the Owner without action. See Volume II, Specification for description of Owner
action stamp responses.
D.19.3 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, and
stamp and approve and submit to the Owner, all Shop Drawings and similar submittals required
by and in accordance with the procedures outlined in Volume II, Specification with reasonable
promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner
or of separate Contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the
Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Owner without action.
D.19.4 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and similar submittals, the Contractor
represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field
construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information
contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract
Documents.
D.19.5 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract
Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings or similar submittals until the
respective submittal has been submitted in accordance with the procedures outlined in Volume II,
Specification and approved by the Owner.
D.19.6 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the
Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract
Documents by the Owner’s approval of Shop Drawings or similar submittals unless the Contractor
has specifically informed the Owner in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1)
the Owner has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or
PR # 10479705
D - Page 7 of 36
Document1
(2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the
deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop
Drawings or similar submittals by the Owner's approval thereof.
D.19.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop
Drawings or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Owner on previous
submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Owner's approval of a resubmission shall not
apply to such revisions.
D.20
OPERATIONS AT THE JOBSITE
D.20.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the Jobsite to areas permitted by law,
ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Jobsite
with materials or equipment.
D.20.2 The Contractor shall furnish the management, supervisory, and technical personnel
on the Jobsite to ensure expeditious and competent performance of the Work. A Superintendent
experienced in major construction of the type specified, to whom instructions may be given and
who is a permanent member of the Contractor’s organization, shall be assigned to the Project
throughout the construction. A Project Manager experienced in major construction of the type
specified, to whom instructions may be given and who is a permanent member of the Contractor’s
organization, shall also be assigned to the Project throughout the construction. The Superintendent
and Project Managers shall be fully authorized to act and make decisions for the Contractor.
Communications given to the Superintendent and/or Project Managers shall be as binding as if
given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other
communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. Once Work
commences, Project Managers shall be on the premises at all times. Supervisory and technical
personnel are not to be changed without the consent of CPS Energy’s Field Representative.
D.20.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for complete supervision and control of
Contractor’s Subcontractors as though they were Contractor’s own forces. Notice to the
Contractor shall be considered notice to any affected Subcontractor.
D.20.4 The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions at the
Jobsite, including safety and security of all persons and property during performance of the Work.
This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal Working hours.
CPS Energy’s construction review of the Contractor's performance is intended to include review
of the effectiveness of the Contractor’s safety measures in, on, or near the Jobsite.
D.20.5 CPS Energy will designate the boundary limits of access roads, and construction
areas, and the Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all of its personnel out of areas not
designated for the Contractor’s use. No employee of the Contractor is to have firearms on its
person or in any vehicle while on CPS Energy property. Contractor’s employees shall properly
conduct themselves at all times during Work on this job.
D.20.6 All Contractor employees and Contractor vehicular traffic shall enter and leave
the Jobsite by routes approved by Owner. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to limit traffic
PR # 10479705
D - Page 8 of 36
Document1
on the right of way to only such vehicles as may be necessary for construction. Only material or
equipment which has been authorized in writing by the Contractor will be permitted to leave the
Jobsite. The Contractor shall be responsible for authorizing only those employees who are
employed at the Jobsite access to the property. Contractor's employees shall not be authorized in
any other area except where authorized to park. Security ingress and egress will be controlled by
the Owner to the extent necessary and appropriate. The Contractor is advised that no specific
coverage will be provided for equipment the Contractor may leave unattended at the Work Jobsite.
The requirements of this paragraph are further detailed in Exhibit D.
D.20.7 Only Work procedures which minimize fire hazards to the extent practicable shall
be used. Good housekeeping, as described more fully in Volume II, shall prevail throughout the
construction period. The Contractor shall provide adequate fire-protection equipment in each
warehouse, office, and other temporary structures, and in each Work area Contractor is occupying.
The Contractor alone shall be responsible for providing adequate fire protection. Failure of the
Contractor to comply with, or CPS Energy to enforce, the above requirements shall not relieve the
Contractor from any other responsibility or obligation under this Contract. Burning of any material
in performance of the Work on the Jobsite is prohibited. The requirements of this paragraph are
further detailed in Exhibit D.
D.20.8 Contractor shall also use good-faith and diligent efforts to ensure that the
Superintendent and Project Managers, the Subcontractors, and other individuals and key Project
personnel designated in the Proposal, and upon which CPS Energy selected Contractor for award of
the Contract, shall not be removed from the Project or reassigned except for termination of
employment, death or serious illness, incapacity, or a bona-fide family emergency. CPS Energy
reserves the right to approve/disapprove the substitution or replacement of key personnel during
the life of the Project.
D.20.9 The Contractor will be required to attend weekly meetings (daily if necessary) to
review the status of the Project activities. This meeting shall be attended by the Owner’s
Representative(s), the Project Manager and any project manager of principal suppliers and
Subcontractors. Additionally, a Project Team shall be formed, consisting of representatives of
both parties who are familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the
Work. This Project Team shall meet once a week and at other times as requested by either party
in order to discuss current Work progress, future changes to the schedule, Work progress since the
last meeting, field observations, interface requirements, conflicts, planning and coordination of
Subcontractor activities, delivery schedules, housekeeping, Change Orders, corrective measures
to regain schedule and completion of activities, and any other business.
D.21
MANAGEMENT OF WASTE AND DEBRIS
D.21.1 Construction debris is a type of waste that includes, but is not limited to: asphalt,
concrete, soil/rock, scrap lumber, wooden pallets, cardboard, paper, plastic, metal and empty
cartons. All waste generated in connection with the Work and Services contemplated by this
Contract must be properly managed (legitimately recycled and disposed of) by Contractor. To the
extent practical, Contractor shall use practices to minimize the generation of waste resulting from
the Work. Contractor shall transport and recycle or dispose of all materials listed above at its cost
or for revenue. When recycling or disposing of construction debris, Contractor shall provide the
PR # 10479705
D - Page 9 of 36
Document1
CPS Energy Inspector/Field Representative with a copy of the corresponding weight ticket. The
ticket shall have the Contractor’s name and vehicle license number on it.
D.21.2 Contractor shall transport concrete, asphalt, uncontaminated soil/rock and other
miscellaneous masonry products to the following designated facility or other CPS Energyapproved facility for recycling/reuse. CPS Energy currently has negotiated rates with the
following facility:
San Antonio Aggregates Recyclers LLC
12025 State Highway 16 South
San Antonio, TX 78224
(210) 628-4764
Contractor should notify the above facility that the material is from CPS Energy.
D.21.3 Waste to be disposed of must be transported to the following CPS Energydesignated facility:
Republic Services Tessman Road Landfill
7000 I-10 E
San Antonio, TX 78219
(210) 661-4104
D.21.4 Licensed recycling facilities are to be utilized for materials such as cardboard,
metal, and wooden pallets and is highly encouraged. The Contractor shall keep the premises and
surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under
the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project
waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus
materials.
D.22 ACCESS TO AND BOUNDARIES OF WORK
The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Field Representative access to the Work in preparation
and in progress wherever located. CPS Energy will designate the boundary limits of access roads,
and construction areas, and the Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all of its personnel out
of areas not designated for the Contractor’s use.
D.23 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, equipment or
processes used in the Work shall be included in the Contract amount, and the Contractor shall pay
all royalties and license fees. The Contractor, at Contractor’s own cost and expense, shall defend
suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Field
Representative harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense
or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers
is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in
Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Field Representative.
However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an
PR # 10479705
D - Page 10 of 36
Document1
infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless
such information is promptly furnished to the Field Representative.
D.24
QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and complying with all quality control
procedures and testing obligations until completion of the Work.
D.25 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE
The Field Representative(s) shall be referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular
in number but may consist of several individuals employed directly by Owner.
D.26
FIELD REPRESENTATIVE'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
D.26.1 The Field Representative will visit the Jobsite at intervals appropriate to the stage
of the Contractor's operations to become generally familiar with informed about the progress and
quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work is being
performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with
the Contract Documents. However, the Field Representative will not be required to make
exhaustive or continuous on-Jobsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The
Field Representative will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and
programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and
responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided Section D.12.
D.26.2 The Field Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to
perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Field
Representative will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or
their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
D.26.3 Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct
communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to
communicate directly with each other about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract.
Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the
Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
D.26.4 The Field Representative will have authority to reject Work that does not conform
to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Field Representative considers it necessary or
advisable, the Field Representative will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,
whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
D.26.5 The Field Representative will review and approve or take other appropriate action
upon the Contractor's submittals, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance
with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review of
such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of
other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation
or performance of equipment or Systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor
as required by the Contract Documents. The Field Representative's review of the Contractor's
PR # 10479705
D - Page 11 of 36
Document1
submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Section D.19. The Field
Representative's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions of any construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Field Representative's approval of a
specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.
D.26.6 Interpretations and decisions of the Field Representative will be consistent with
the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in
the form of drawings.
D.27
CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
D.27.1 A Claim is a demand or assertion by the Contractor, as a matter of right, adjustment
or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, Extension of Time or other relief with
respect to the terms of the Contract. The term, "Claim," also includes other disputes and matters
in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.
D.27.2 Claims by the Contractor must be initiated within ten (10) calendar Days after
occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within ten (10) calendar Days after the
claimant first recognizes or should have recognized the condition giving rise to the Claim,
whichever is earlier. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Owner and Field
Representative. Claims submitted after the ten-Day (10) period will be rejected.
D.27.3 Pending final resolution of a Claim, Contractor shall proceed diligently with
performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with
the Contract Documents except as provided herein in Section D.2.
D.27.4 If conditions are encountered at the Jobsite which are (1) subsurface or otherwise
concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract
Documents, or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from
those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of
the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be
given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than two (2)
project-working-days after first observance of the conditions. The Owner will promptly
investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the
Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, Owner will
recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, Pressure Test Ready Milestone, or Time
of Completion Milestone, or any combination thereof. Pressure Test Ready Milestone and Time
of Completion Milestone are defined in Volume II, Section A. If the Owner determines that the
conditions at the Jobsite are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract
Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Owner shall so notify
the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If the conditions encountered are materially
different, the Contract Price, Pressure Test Ready Milestone, or Time of Completion Milestone,
or any combination thereof shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot
agree on an adjustment in the Contract Price, Pressure Test Ready Milestone, or Time of
Completion Milestone, the Claim shall be decided in accordance with the procedures outlined in
Section D.29.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 12 of 36
Document1
D.27.5 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Price or if
the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including, but not limited to, (1) an
order by the Owner to stop or repair Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (2) the Work is
considered additional to the Specifications, (3) a written order for a change in the Work issued by
the Field Representative or Owner, or (4) other reasonable grounds, written notice as provided
herein shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work.
D.28
EXTENSIONS OF TIME
D.28.1 Contractor expressly agrees that the Pressure Test Ready Milestone and Time of
Completion Milestone shall not be changed, nor an allowance be made by CPS Energy, for delays
in the Work that are due to causes within the reasonable control of Contractor, including, but not
limited to, failure of the Contractor to obtain delivery of equipment or materials, inadequate
construction force, weather, or unsuitable surface conditions which are normally incidental to this
type of Work for that period of time during the year. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contractor
shall not be responsible for any underground conditions or obstructions that are not identified in
the Contract, that the Contractor has not been made aware of, or which could not have been
reasonably foreseen. Except as provided above, the Pressure Test Ready Milestone and Time of
Completion Milestone of the Work shall be extended for that portion of any period of delay which
is due to Force Majeure or other unforeseeable causes beyond the control of or without the fault
or negligence of the Contractor; provided, however, no such extension shall be granted the
Contractor unless Contractor provides CPS Energy written notice of such request within five (5)
project-working-days after the start of the alleged delay. Within a reasonable time thereafter not
to exceed ten (10) project-working-days after such Force Majeure event Contractor shall provide
CPS Energy with supporting data for the entire adjustment, and shall demonstrate that Contractor
has used all reasonable means to minimize the delay. If requested by CPS Energy and agreed to
in writing by Contractor, Contractor shall Work such overtime and utilize such additional
equipment as may be necessary to eliminate the delay in Final Completion of the Work.
D.28.2 No additional compensation shall be due Contractor for any said extension of time
unless CPS Energy requests the Contractor to Work overtime or schedule increased resources in
order to compensate for causes beyond the control of both parties.
D.28.3 Apart from extensions of time and compensation as provided for above, Contractor
shall be entitled to additional compensation or remedies in connection with delay only if a delay
is caused by acts constituting interference by CPS Energy, including any contractor of
CPS Energy, with Contractor’s performance of the Work and then only to the extent that such acts
continue after Contractor's notice to CPS Energy of such interference. CPS Energy’s exercise of
any of its rights under Section D.36 regardless of the extent or number of such Change Orders, or
CPS Energy’s exercise of any of its remedies of suspension of the Work or termination of this
Agreement, or requirement of correction or re-execution of any defective Work, shall not under
any circumstances be construed as interference with Contractor’s performance of the Work. In the
case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary.
D.28.4 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Contractor request for relief for
additional time, such request shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions
were abnormal (worse than the weather in the preceding ten years) for the Contract period, could
PR # 10479705
D - Page 13 of 36
Document1
not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.
Contractor is responsible to ensure proper temporary storm-water controls, including provisions
for rough-grading drainage, runoff diversion, site preparation, etc., are in place to mitigate effects
of rainfall and stormwater runoff.
D.28.5 With respect to any delay-causing circumstance, such as adverse weather, whether
under the control or beyond the control of the Contractor, the Contractor shall meet with the Owner
to discuss schedule-mitigation measures which, if reasonable and mutually acceptable to the
parties, may be implemented by Contractor to reduce the effects of the delay-causing event. Also,
the Contractor shall demonstrate that despite having taken such mutually acceptable schedulemitigation measures that the parties determined were reasonable, the occurrence of such
circumstance nevertheless adversely affects Contractor’s ability to achieve the Pressure Test
Ready Milestone and/or the Time of Completion Milestone.
Only after these requirements are met, will the Contractor be entitled to an extension.
D.28.5 If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because
of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,
written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party
within a reasonable time not exceeding four (4) project-working-days after discovery. The notice
shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.
D.29
RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
D.29.1 The Owner will review Claims and within ten (10) Days of the receipt of the Claim
take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the
Contractor; (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part; (3) approve the Claim; (4) suggest a
compromise; or (5) advise the Contractor that the Owner is unable to resolve the Claim because it
lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Owner concludes that, in
the Owner's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Owner to resolve the Claim.
D.29.2 In evaluating Claims, the Owner may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or
seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may
assist the Owner in rendering a decision. The Owner may authorize retention of such persons at
the Owner's expense.
D.29.3 If the Owner requests the Contractor to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish
additional supporting data, the Contractor shall respond, within ten Days after receipt of such
request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the Owner
when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Owner that no supporting
data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Owner will
either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part.
D.29.4 The Owner will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the
reasons therefore and which shall notify the Contractor of any change in the Contract Price,
Pressure Test Ready Milestone, or Time of Completion Milestone, or any combination thereof.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 14 of 36
Document1
The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Owner shall be subject to a Dispute Resolution Process
prior to litigation.
D.29.5 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Owner
may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the
Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to,
notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy.
D.30 DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS
This Section shall govern any dispute between CPS Energy and Contractor arising from or related to
the subject matter of this Agreement that is not resolved by agreement between their respective
personnel responsible for day-to-day administration and performance of this Agreement. Prior to the
filing of any suit with respect to such a dispute (other than a suit seeking injunctive relief with respect
to intellectual property rights), the party believing itself aggrieved (the "Invoking Party") will call for
progressive management involvement in the dispute negotiation by giving written notice to the other
party. Such a notice will be without prejudice to the Invoking Party's right to any other remedy
permitted by this Agreement. CPS Energy and Contractor will use their best efforts to arrange
personal meetings and/or telephone conferences as needed, at mutually convenient times and places,
between their negotiators at the following successive management levels, each of which will have a
period of allotted time as specified below in which to attempt to resolve the dispute:
CPS Energy
Contractor
First Level
Jeremiah Wilks
Senior Manager
Mechanical Projects
10 Days
Second Level
Melanie Green,
Senior Director
Engineering and
Technical Services
10 Days
Third Level
Benjamin Ethridge
Senior Vice-President
Fossil Generation
30 Days
The allotted time for the first-level negotiators will begin on the date of the Invoking Party's notice.
If a resolution is not achieved by the negotiators at any given management level at the end of their
allotted time, then the allotted time for the negotiators at the next management level, if any, will begin
immediately. If a resolution is not achieved by negotiators at the final management level within their
allotted time, then either party may within ten (10) Days thereafter request non-binding mediation to
resolve the dispute. The mediation shall take place in the city located nearest to the principal office
of the party that did not initiate the mediation. The allotted period for completion of the mediation
shall be thirty (30) Days. If a resolution is not achieved by mediation within the allotted time or if
mediation is not requested within the permitted ten-Day period, then either party may file an action
in a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 15 of 36
Document1
D.31
DEFINITIONS
D.31.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor
to perform a portion of the Work at the Jobsite. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout
the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized
representative of the Subcontractor. The term, "Subcontractor," does not include a separate
contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.
D.31.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect Contract with
a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the Jobsite. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subsubcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.
D.32 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF
THE WORK
D.32.1 No prior approval of Subcontractors by Owner shall relieve the Contractor from
any of the obligations of the Contract with CPS Energy. The award of such a subcontract by
Contractor, approved by CPS Energy, in no manner limits or lessens the full responsibility of
Contractor to complete the Work as provided under the terms and conditions of this Contract.
Contractor shall submit Subcontractor’s details and keep such records and furnish reports and
information relative to the Subcontractor as CPS Energy may request.
D.32.2 The Owner will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing, stating whether or not
the Owner, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity.
If the Owner has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner has no reasonable objection. The Contractor
shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner has made reasonable and
timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the
Contractor has made reasonable objection.
D.32.3 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously
selected if the Owner makes an objection to such substitution in any form written or verbal.
D.32.4 By appropriate Agreement, written where legally required for validity, the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the
Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume
toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety
of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the
Owner. Each subcontract Agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that
subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless
specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract Agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies
and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the
Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar
agreements with Sub-subcontractors.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 16 of 36
Document1
D.33 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
D.33.1 The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the
execution of the subcontract Agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the
Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the
Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract Agreement which may be at
variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable
portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. Any
differences or conflicts which may arise between the Contractor, Subcontractors, or workmen of
CPS Energy in regard to the Work shall be adjusted and determined by CPS Energy.
D.33.2 All Subcontractors shall be directly responsible to the Contractor and shall be under
Contractor’s general supervision. Should any Subcontractor fail to perform the Work undertaken
by Subcontractor in a satisfactory manner, Subcontractor’s contract shall be immediately
terminated by the Contractor upon notice from CPS Energy. The Contractor shall be as fully
responsible and accountable to CPS Energy for the acts and omissions of Contractor’s
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as Contractor is
responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by Contractor. Said
Contractor shall hold CPS Energy harmless and indemnify CPS Energy from any loss or damages
resulting from said Subcontractor's activity. In no case shall the Contractor have a claim against
CPS Energy because of any act of omission of any Subcontractor. Nothing contained in this
Contract shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and CPS Energy.
D.34 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
D.34.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the
Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other
portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the Jobsite under General Conditions
of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these, including those portions related to
insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is
involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided
in Section D.29.
D.34.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other
construction or operations on the Jobsite, the term, "Contractor," in the Contract Documents in
each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.
D.34.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces
and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall fully cooperate with
all parties. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in
reviewing their Project schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions
to the Project Schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The Project
schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and
the Owner until subsequently revised. The Owner shall not make payment to Contractor or its
Subcontractors for Days not spent on the Jobsite in performance of the Work.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 17 of 36
Document1
D.35
MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
D.35.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractor’s reasonable
opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment, and performance of their
activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs
as required by the Contract Documents.
D.35.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends upon proper execution or results upon
construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to
proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Field Representative any apparent
discrepancies or Defects in such other construction or operations that would render it unsuitable
or incapable of being properly executed or completed. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall
constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially
completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to Defects not
then reasonably discoverable.
D.35.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner
which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or
defective construction of the Contractor.
D.35.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor
to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate
contractors as provided in Section D.20.4, subject to D.68 Limitations of Liability.
D.36
CHANGE ORDERS
D.36.1 The Owner reserves the right to make Changes in the Work after execution of the
Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by a Change Order.
D.36.2 A Change Order is a written instrument signed and agreed upon by the Owner and
Contractor stating their agreement on the Proposal Request, attached herein as Exhibit C, “Change
Order Form”, and upon one or any of the following:
a. a change in the Work;
b. the amount of Contract Price or unit price adjustment, if any;
c. the extent of adjustment, if any, to the Pressure Test Ready Milestone and/or the
Time of Completion Milestone; or
d. A change in applicable law occurring after the execution of this Contract that
materially impacts the Work.
D.36.3 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Price may include those
listed in Section D.36.4.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 18 of 36
Document1
D.36.4 If the Change Order provides for an adjustment to the Contract Price, the adjustment
shall be based on one of the following methods:
a. mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient
substantiating data to permit evaluation;
b. Adjustment Unit Prices stated in the Contract Documents;
c. on a time-and-materials basis;
d. where there is an allowance cost adjustment, the difference between the actual purchase
amount and the allowance, multiplied by the final measurement of work-in-place, wherein
actual quantity of work-in-place may be established by independent quantity survey, with
reasonable allowances, where applicable, for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing waste,
normal product imperfections, and similar margins. Installation costs in the purchase
amount would be included only where indicated as part of the allowance.
e. cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties at a mutually acceptable fixed
or percentage fee.
D.37
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
D.37.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order, whereby the Owner may,
without invalidating the Contract, direct Work that the Owner reasonably believes is within the
general scope of the Contract requirements and which requires no adjustment in the Contract Price,
Pressure Test point, or Time of Completion Milestone, or any combination thereof, and is issued
when the Contractor and Owner are not in agreement over the terms of a Change Order. A
Construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of the required change in the
Work.
D.37.2 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly
proceed with the directed Work and advise the Owner of the Contractor's agreement or
disagreement with the determination of the Owner provided in the Construction Change Directive
regarding the issue of whether to adjust the Contract Price, Pressure Test Ready Milestone, or
Time of Completion Milestone in the manner proposed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall
maintain detailed records on a time-and-materials basis of Work required by the Construction
Change Directive.
D.37.3 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement
of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Price, Pressure Test Ready
Milestone, and Time of Completion Milestone, if any, and the method for determining them. Such
Agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.
D.37.4 After completion of the Work under a Construction Change Directive, Contractor
shall submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time
adjustments to the Contract. Pending final determination of a Construction Change Directive to
the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications
PR # 10479705
D - Page 19 of 36
Document1
for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of
such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Field Representative will
make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs.
That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Price on the same basis as a Change Order,
subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Section D.27.
D.38
PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
D.38.1 Contractor agrees that the Work shall be completed in accordance with Volume II,
and by the critical Milestones established and marked in the Project Schedule. The various
identified Milestones, Scheduled Pressure Test Ready Date and Scheduled Time of Completion
Date are of the essence in the Contract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that
the Pressure Test Ready Milestone and the Time of Completion Milestone provide a reasonable
period for performing the Work. The Contractor expressly agrees that the construction period
named in the Contract includes allowances or float for all hindrances and delays incident to the
Work, including delays resulting from the need to re-do Work unacceptable to CPS Energy and
caused by Contractor’s default. No Claim shall be made by the Contractor for hindrances or delays
from any cause during the progress of the Work, except as provided under Section D.27.
D.38.2 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall
complete the Work by the Pressure Test Ready Date and Time-of-Completion Date. Contractor
shall make arrangements and obtain consent from the Owner prior to performance of Work
activities which are required to be conducted at hours other than Owner's normal business hours
or on holidays.
D.38.3 CPS Energy reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or
any part of the Work without invalidating the provisions of the Contract. Orders for suspension
or reinstatement of Work will be issued by CPS Energy to the Contractor in writing. The Pressure
Test Ready Milestone and Time of Completion Milestone of the Work will be extended for a
period equal to the time lost by reason of the suspension.
D.38.4 Contractor shall immediately take steps to bring the Project back on schedule,
should the Contractor fall behind schedule. Such steps shall include adding additional staff,
increasing the hours worked, adding equipment, working shift work, or any combination of the
above, with all costs to the Contractor’s account.
D.38.5 Delay. Contractor has offered certain Schedule Guarantees which are specified in
Volume III, Attachments A-2 and A-3. Should the Contractor fail to complete the Work within
the time frame guaranteed under the Project Schedule, the Contractor shall pay or credit
CPS Energy with the Schedule Guarantees for each and every Day past the Scheduled Time of
Completion Date that the Contractor’s Work has not been completed. Such Contractor payment
or credit to Owner shall be in the form of Schedule Guarantees, which shall be the sole liability of
Contractor and exclusive remedy of Owner for delays by the Contractor in the performance of the
Work, where the amounts payable by the Contractor are payable in lieu of actual damages since
the amount of actual damages would be difficult to ascertain. Therefore, the Contractor shall pay
Owner, as Schedule Guarantees and not as a penalty, the amount specified below for each day of
delay, in meeting the milestones listed below:
PR # 10479705
D - Page 20 of 36
Document1
Scheduled Time of Completion Date
$XXX.XX per day per unit
If Owner’s pressure testing is not completed within 96 hours of the Pressure Test Ready Milestone
due to Owner caused delay, the Scheduled Time of Completion Date shall be extended for every
hour past 96 hours. Should the Pressure Test fail as a result of a defect by the Contractor, every
hour required to repair or replace the defect will be subtracted from this extension of time.
D.39 CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price is the amount submitted in the Agreement and, plus any approved Change
Orders, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work
under the Contract Documents.
D.40 SCOPE OF PAYMENT
D.40.1 Payment of the Contract Price in accordance with Section D.42 shall constitute full
compensation for all materials, equipment, labor, tools, and supplies necessary to complete the
Work under the Contract. Until Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall assume liability for
completing the Work according to the Plans and Specifications and any loss or damage arising
from the performance of the Work or from the action of the elements, or infringement of patents,
trademarks, or copyrights, except as provided elsewhere in the Contract.
The Owner will only pay for material incorporated into the Work in accordance with the Contract.
Payment of progress estimates will in no way affect the Contractor’s obligation under the Contract
to repair or replace any defective parts in the construction or to replace any defective materials
used in the construction and to be responsible for all damages due to defects if the defects and
damages are discovered on or before Final Inspection and Acceptance of the Work.
D.40.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on
account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the Jobsite for subsequent
incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made
for materials and equipment suitably stored off the Jobsite at a location agreed upon in writing.
Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the Jobsite shall be conditioned upon
compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's
title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include
applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the Jobsite for such materials and equipment
stored off the Jobsite.
D.40.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an invoice will pass to the
Owner no later than the time of Final Payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon
submittal of an invoice, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, the Work
shall be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the
Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by
reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work.
D.40.4 Payment for amount due Contractor shall be construed as the date check is
deposited in the United States mail. The payment by CPS Energy for the Work covered by each
PR # 10479705
D - Page 21 of 36
Document1
such invoice shall constitute full payment for all such Work, and Contractor's acceptance thereof
shall constitute a full release, accord and satisfaction and waiver of all known claims of the
Contractor for or arising out of any such Work performed.
D.41
WITHHOLDING PAYMENT
D.41.1 CPS Energy may withhold payments due the Contractor to the extent reasonably
necessary to protect itself against loss from the following:
a. Defective Work not remedied after written notice of the Defect and reasonable
opportunity to cure ;
b. third-party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims
unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;
c. failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,
materials or equipment;
d. persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or
D.41.2 If and when the cause, or causes, for withholding any such payment shall be remedied
or removed and satisfactory evidence of such remedy or removal has been accepted by
CPS Energy, the payment withheld shall be promptly made to Contractor. If Contractor fails or
refuses to remedy or remove any cause for withholding such payment within four (4) Days after
delivery of written notice by CPS Energy to Contractor, CPS Energy may remedy or remove the
same, or cause the same to be remedied or removed, and may deduct the cost thereof from the
Contract Price. In the event such cost shall exceed the balance of Contract Price due, or if a claim
is filed against CPS Energy after full payment is made, Contractor and its sureties, if any, shall be
liable for and shall pay the difference to CPS Energy.
D.42
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
D.42.1 In accordance with Volume III, Attachment A, A-1 through A-4, Contractor shall
submit all invoices to:
CPS Energy Accounts Payable Section
Mail Drop 100705
P.O. Box 2921
San Antonio, Texas 78299-2921
for Services completed hereunder. CPS Energy shall pay Contractor the properly approved invoice
thirty (30) Days from receipt of said invoice.
D.42.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment
from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's
portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages
actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of
PR # 10479705
D - Page 22 of 36
Document1
the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each
Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
D.42.3 The Field Representative will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable,
information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and
action taken thereon by Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor.
D.42.4 The Owner shall not have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money
to a Subcontractor.
D.42.5 An approved invoice, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of
the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work.
D.43
BENEFICIAL USE BY THE OWNER
D.43.1 The Owner retains the right to beneficial use of any completed or partially
completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by the Owner. Such
partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,
provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each
of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, utilities, damage to the Work and
insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and
commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. Consent of the Contractor to
partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.
D.43.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Contractor and Field
Representative shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in
order to determine and record the condition of the Work.
D.43.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of
the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
D.44 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
Acceptance of the Work and Final Payment shall be subject to the requirements stated herein.
D.45
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
D45.1 Final Acceptance of the Work under these specifications shall be as set forth in
Section D.46, Final Examination.
D.45.2 CPS Energy reserves the right to use completed segments of the Work prior to
completion of the Work under this Contract.
D.46
FINAL EXAMINATION
D.46.1 After the Contractor has completed the Work under this Contract, including boiler
ready for pressure testing and subsequent non-pressure-part welding as required and specified in
Volume II, the Contractor shall notify CPS Energy and request that CPS Energy make a final
examination of the Work. Within two (2) Days after receipt of such request for final examination,
PR # 10479705
D - Page 23 of 36
Document1
the Field Representative will examine the entire Work and prepare and deliver to the Contractor
an itemized list of all Work, if any, which he finds to be incomplete or defective.
D.46.2 The Contractor shall promptly complete and correct any incomplete or defective
Work shown on said list at Contractor’s sole cost. Certification by the Field Representative that
the Work has been performed, based on observations performed, limitations of the Contract and
representations made by the Contractor, according to the Specifications will be required.
D.46.3 When all Work has been completed to the satisfaction of CPS Energy, CPS Energy
will notify the Contractor of CPS Energy's Final Acceptance of the Work and Contractor shall
prepare and submit a final milestone payment invoice in accordance with Section D.47.
D.47 FINAL PAYMENT
After issuance of the Certificates of Final Acceptance by CPS Energy, the Contractor shall prepare
and submit the final milestone payment invoice due under this Contract. With the invoice, the
Contractor shall submit a notarized Exhibit B, titled, “Final Payment Affidavit”, stating that all
vendors, persons, or firms who have furnished labor, materials, or equipment for the Work have
been fully paid and that all other obligations associated with the Work have been paid. Acceptance
of Final Payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver
of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as
unsettled at the time of final payment.
D.48
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
D.48.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.
D.48.2 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
a. employees at the Jobsite and other persons who may be affected thereby;
b. the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage
on or off the Jobsite, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or the
Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, including protecting it from
moisture or the elements; and
c. other property at the Jobsite or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
D.48.3 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on the safety of persons or
property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. The Contractor shall immediately repair
any damage which results from this construction or abnormal use, including damage done to the
existing facilities such as bridges, roads, buildings, fences, gates, or other improvements. All such
repair Work must meet CPS Energy's approval.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 24 of 36
Document1
D.48.4 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and
performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting
danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent Jobsites and utilities.
D.48.5 When use or storage of hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are
necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and carry on
such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
D.48.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's
organization at the Jobsite whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall not
be the Contractor's Project Manager and shall not have any field-production responsibilities.
D.48.7 The Contractor shall manage construction to minimize disruption to traffic and shall
make every effort to ensure the safety and convenience of the public and property as provided in
the Contract as directed. The Contractor shall follow the safety provisions of all applicable rules,
codes, and regulations.
D.48.8 If at any time during construction, the approved plan of operation does not
accomplish the intended purpose due to any condition affecting the safe handling of traffic, the
Contractor shall immediately make necessary changes, as directed, to correct the unsatisfactory
conditions.
D.48.9 The Contractor shall store all equipment not in use in a manner and at locations that
will not interfere with the safe passage of traffic.
D.48.10 If the Field Representative determines that any of the requirements of this Section
have not been met, CPS Energy may take any necessary corrective action. However, this will not
change the legal responsibilities set forth in the Contract. The cost for this Work will be deducted
from any money due or to become due to the Contractor.
D.49
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
D.49.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or
death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including, but not limited to, asbestos,
volatile chemicals, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), liquid hazardous waste, or any other
substance classified by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“Hazardous Material”),
encountered on the Jobsite by the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the
affected area and report the condition to the Owner in writing.
D.49.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence
or absence of Hazardous Materials reported by the Contractor and, in the event such Hazardous
Material is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. When the Hazardous
Material has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume. The Pressure Test
Ready Milestone and the Time of Completion Milestone, if necessary, may be extended
appropriately and the Contract Price increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable
PR # 10479705
D - Page 25 of 36
Document1
additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which adjustments shall be accomplished as
provided in Section D.36.
D.49.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless
the Contractor, Subcontractors, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees, arising out of or
resulting from exposure to Hazardous Materials during the performance of the Work in the affected
area provided that a court of competent jurisdiction finds that, the material or substance presents
the risk of bodily injury or death and has not been rendered harmless, that such claim, damage,
loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or
destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and that such damage, loss or expense
is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity.
D.49.4 If any of the waste generated by the Work includes waste solvents, sealants,
coating materials, or any liquid hazardous waste, they shall be collected in Contractor requested,
Owner-provided 55-gallon drums in accordance with Volume II. Each drum shall be as full as
practical and shall not contain a mixture of different types of waste. For example, a drum of
sealant-contaminated waste shall contain only sealant-contaminated waste, and shall not contain
coating materials in the same drum. Prior to delivery of the waste to a CPS Energy-designated
location, Contractor shall keep the drummed waste material in a secure location and shall ensure
that only the waste generated by the Work is delivered to the CPS Energy facility. Contractor shall
advise the Field Representative of the type of waste that is to be generated such that each drum
can be properly labeled. Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall supply to the Field
Representative a copy of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)/Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for every
hazardous material that is to be used on the Jobsite in connection with the Work, and that has had
an MSDS/SDS issued for it in accordance with Volume II. The MSDS/SDS will help CPS Energy
properly characterize any waste that results from the use of that material, and will save time in
arriving at the necessary characterization.
D.49.5 The Owner shall not be responsible for materials and substances brought to the
Jobsite by the Contractor.
D.50 EMERGENCIES
In an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the
Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or
Extension of Time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as
provided in Section D.27.
D.51 PROTECTION OF WORK
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the protection of Contractor’s Work and
CPS Energy’s Facilities or procured equipment until its Final Acceptance by CPS Energy. The
Contractor shall have no claim against CPS Energy because of any damage or loss to the
Contractor’s Work, and shall be responsible for the complete restoration of damaged Work to its
original condition complying with the Specifications and Drawings. In the event the Contractor’s
Work is damaged by another party not under its supervision or control, the Contractor shall make
a claim directly with the party involved. If a conflict or disagreement develops between the
PR # 10479705
D - Page 26 of 36
Document1
Contractor and a Subcontractor concerning the responsibility for damage or loss to the Contractor’s
Work, the conflict shall be resolved by CPS Energy. Such conflict shall not be cause for delay in
the restoration of the damaged Work. The Contractor shall restore the Work immediately and the
cost thereof will be assigned pending the resolution of the conflict.
D.52 RISK OF LOSS
Risk of loss or risk of damage to the Work shall remain with Contractor until Final Acceptance.
Passage of title or beneficial use of the Work by CPS Energy prior to CPS Energy's Final
Acceptance does not relieve Contractor of his obligations and responsibilities under this
Agreement nor constitute a waiver of CPS Energy's right to reject the Work and pursue any other
remedy to which CPS Energy may be entitled by law.
D.53
INSURANCE
D.53.1 The Contractor agrees to carry and keep in full force during the performance of
Services hereunder insurance sufficient to fully protect CPS Energy from all damages, claims,
suits and/or judgments, to include errors, omissions, violations, fees and penalties caused or
claimed to have been caused by, or in connection with, the performance or failure to perform
any Services undertaken by the Contractor, its Subcontractor, or their agents, or employees. The
minimum coverages and corresponding amounts of insurance shall be in accordance with Exhibit
A, “Minimum Insurance Requirements.”
53.2 Should the minimum insurance requirements of CPS Energy change, the
Contractor shall be notified in writing and Contractor shall meet the new requirements. Should
the new requirements add materially to the Contractor’s costs, Contractor shall notify
CPS Energy and request adjustment in Contractor’s compensation. Contractor shall comply with
all insurance requirements of Exhibit A and provisions set forth herein for the duration of the
term of the Contract. Contractor’s insurance shall be primary of any self-insurance and/or
insurance maintained by CPS Energy. Failure of the Contractor to meet the insurance
requirements set forth in this section and Exhibit A during Contract period may result in the
Contract being immediately terminated.
53.3 Prospective Contractors, to whom award of Contract is under consideration, shall
submit to CPS Energy a properly executed Certificate of Insurance from the insurance agent or
carrier of such insurance coverages in accordance with requirements set forth in the Contract
documents prior to award of the Contract and before starting any Services. Failure of a
Prospective Contractor to provide proof of insurance will result in the Prospective Contractor
not being awarded the Contract.
D.54
INDEMNIFICATION
D.54.1 Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless CPS Energy from
and against any liability, loss, cost, and expenses claimed by a third party (including
reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of defense) resulting from Contractor’s performance
of the work to the extent that such liability is for:
1) bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, and/or
2) loss or destruction of property,
PR # 10479705
D - Page 27 of 36
Document1
which arises out of and is attributed to the sole or concurrent negligence or strict liability
of Contractor, its Subcontractors, or their respective employees. Where liability is
attributable to the joint negligence or fault of Contractor and any other person (including
CPS Energy), Contractor’s duty of indemnification shall be limited to Contractor’s
allocable share of joint negligence or fault.
54.2 THIS INDEMNITY SHALL BE BROADLY CONSTRUED TO APPLY TO
ALL LIABILITY ATTRIBUTED TO THE CONCURRENT AND SOLE NEGLIGENCE
OF CONTRACTOR AND SHALL SURVIVE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
D.55 UNCOVERING OF WORK
If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Owner's request or to requirements specifically
expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Field Representative,
be uncovered for the Owner's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without
change in the Pressure Test Ready Milestone and/or the Time of Completion Milestone. If such
Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall,
by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with
the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was
caused by the Owner or a separate contractor, in which event the Owner shall be responsible for
payment of such costs.
D.56
WARRANTY
D.56.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Defective Work whether discovered before
or after Final Acceptance and whether or not Contractor fabricated, installed or completed. Upon
written notification from the Owner during the Warranty Period, the Contractor shall promptly
make all needed adjustments, repairs, and replacements. The cost of all materials, parts, labor,
transportation, supervision, special tools, and supplies required for replacement or repair of parts
and for correction of Defects shall be paid by the Contractor, or by the surety, if any. Costs of
correcting such Defects, including additional testing and inspections, shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
D.56.2 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section D.56, if, within twenty
four months (2 years) after Contractor achieves the Time of Completion Milestone (the “Warranty
Period”), any of the Work is found to be Defective, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after
receipt of written notice from the Owner during the Warranty Period to do so unless the Owner
has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. If, within two (2)
Days after CPS Energy has notified the Contractor of a Defect in the Work, the Contractor has not
started to make preparations for the repairs or adjustments, CPS Energy is hereby authorized to
make the repairs or adjustments or to order the Work to be performed by a third party, the direct
cost of the Work to be paid by the Contractor. The direct cost of such will include labor, materials,
equipment and overhead. If this cost is not paid on presentation of an invoice, such cost may be
deducted from any amount due the Contractor.
D.56.3 When repairs or replacements are performed, the Contractor shall not be responsible
for any costs related to the jobsite dismantling or reinstalling of material or equipment not originally
PR # 10479705
D - Page 28 of 36
Document1
dismantled or installed under the Contract, nor shall the Contractor be responsible for the costs of
supplying or replacing material or equipment not furnished by Contractor under the Contract.
Notwithstanding, Contractor shall be responsible for any damage Contractor causes to Owners
property, subject to limitation of liability section.
D.56.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,
whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the
Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents, subject to the limitation of liability section.
D.56.5 Nothing contained in this Section D.56 shall be construed to establish a period of
limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract
Documents. Establishment of the Warranty Period for correction of Work as described in Section
D.56.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct Defects in the Work, and
has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents
may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to
establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than
specifically to correct the Work.
D.56.6 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that the Work will be of good quality and
free from Defects in Contractor supplied materials and Workmanship, and in accordance with the
Contract Documents; the materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good
quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents; and that the
Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these
requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered
Defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or Defect caused by abuse,
modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper
operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Field Representative, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and
equipment.
D.56.7 This warranty shall be extended to cover all repairs and replacements furnished,
and the period of the warranty for each such repair or replacement shall be twelve months (1 year)
after installation of such repair or replacement, or the remainder of the component’s warranty
period, whichever is greater provided, however, that in no event shall the Warranty Period extend
beyond thirty (30) months from the Time of Completion Milestone.
D.56.8 THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL OR
IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW (INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE). Correction of nonconformities or Defects, whether latent or patent,
in the manner and within the period of time provided above, shall constitute the entire liability of the
Contractor under the warranty, whether in contract, tort (including negligence), warranty, strict
liability or any other legal theory.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 29 of 36
Document1
D.57
ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
D.57.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, or not complete, the Owner may do so instead of
requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Price will be reduced as
appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not Final Payment has
been made.
D.57.2 Prior to the Warranty Period, CPS Energy shall have the authority to require re
performance of any Nonconforming Work. CPS Energy shall retain the right to generate NonConformance Reports (NCRs). The Contractor shall prepare a proposed resolution to the NCR
and submit this to CPS Energy. If the proposal is rejected by CPS Energy, the Owner will clearly
state the reason for rejection and return the NCR to the Contractor, who shall resubmit the
NCR. CPS Energy shall retain complete discretion for the acceptance of resolution to NCRs and
Work found to be nonconforming to the Contract Documents.
D.58
TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
D.58.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor:
a. persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled Workers or
proper materials;
b. fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the
respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;
c. persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public
authority having jurisdiction; or
d. otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.
D.58.2When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other
rights or remedies of the Owner, obtain, but not solely rely upon, advice from third parties, and
after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven (7) Day's written notice,
terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety:
a. take possession of the Jobsite and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction
equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;
b. accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section D.32; and
c. finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon
request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed
accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.
D.58.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section
D.58, the Contractor shall be paid through the date of termination for all Work completed.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 30 of 36
Document1
D.58.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost of finishing the Work,
including compensation for third party's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such
excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor
shall pay the difference to the Owner.
D.59
SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
D.59.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay
or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine is in
the best interest of the Owner.
D.59.2 The Contract Price, Scheduled Pressure Test Ready Date, and Scheduled Time of
Completion Date shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay
or interruption as described in Section D.59.1. Adjustment of the Contract Price shall include a
reasonable rate of profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent:
a. that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by
another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;
b. that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.
D.60
TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
D.60.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience
and without cause.
D.60.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's
convenience, the Contractor shall:
a. cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;
b. take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation
of the Work; and
c. except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination
stated in the notice, terminate all existing Subcontracts and purchase orders and enter
into no further Subcontracts and purchase orders.
D.60.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination
along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work executed.
D.60.4 Section D.59 Subject to Section D.40, if any payments are delayed beyond the thirty
Days provided therein, the Contractor may issue to Owner written notice of Work suspension.
Contractor may suspend its Work 15 Days following Owner’s receipt of such notice (“Suspension
Date”). The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation for any
reasonable additional costs as a result of such suspension.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 31 of 36
Document1
D.60.5 If any payments are delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the Suspension
Date, the Contractor may issue to Owner written notice of Contract termination. Contractor may
terminate the Contract fifteen (15) days following Owner’s receipt of such notice. Such
termination shall be treated as a termination for the convenience of the Owner.
D.61 PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACT AND CHOICE OF LAW
THIS CONTRACT IS PERFORMABLE IN SAN ANTONIO, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS
AND IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
D.62 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and
legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives of such other party with respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained
in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole
without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without
such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the
Contract.
D.63
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
D.63.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies
available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and
remedies otherwise imposed or available by law, subject to the Limitation of Liability provision
GC14.8.
D.63.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of
a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute
approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
D.63.3 If any provision of this Contract is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the
remainder of the Contract shall remain valid and enforceable and shall be construed to conform to
the intent of the parties.
D.64
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
D.64.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract
Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having
jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time and in accordance with the procedures outlined
in Volume II and Volume III. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements
for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity
acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate Public authority, and shall bear all related costs
of tests, inspections and approvals. The laboratory shall be properly equipped to perform all tests
required, and shall be staffed with experienced technicians who are fully qualified to perform the
tests in accordance with the specified standards. The Contractor shall give the Field Representative
timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Field
Representative may be present for such procedures. A written report of the quality control
inspections, containing information as approved in the Project Quality Manual, and results of
PR # 10479705
D - Page 32 of 36
Document1
quality control tests shall be submitted to the Field Representative within three (3) Days after each
inspection or test is completed.
D.64.2 If the Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction require that portions of the
Work include additional testing, inspection or approval, the Field Representative will instruct the
Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity
acceptable to the Owner at Contractor cost, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Field
Representative of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Field
Representative may be present for such procedures.
D.643 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Section D.64.1 and
D.64.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the
Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure, including those of repeated
procedures, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
D.64.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise
required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the
Field Representative.
D.64.5 If the Field Representative is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by
the Contract Documents, the Field Representative will do so promptly and, where practicable, at
the normal place of testing.
D.64.6 Within thirty (30) Days of execution of the Contract, Contractor shall submit to
Field Representative a Project Quality Manual to cover performance of all inspections and testing
of items of Work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the Contract
Documents. The Project Quality Manual shall include all appropriate facilities, instruments, and
testing devices required for performance of Contractor's Quality Program. Contractor shall
continue to maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of the specified quality and ensure that all quality
control procedures apply to manufactured and shop-fabricated items, materials, products and
equipment and conform to requirements of Contract Documents.
D.64.7 Contractor shall continue to examine areas and conditions under which Work is to
be performed and carry out inspections on a routine basis to identify those conditions under which
proper or timely completion may be jeopardized and to ensure continuing compliance with
Contract requirements.
D.65
RIGHT TO AUDIT AND PERFORM QUALITY ASSURANCE
D.65.1 Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s books, records, correspondence, accounting
procedures and practices and any other supporting evidence relating to this Contract (all the
foregoing hereinafter referred to as “Records”) shall be open to examination and subject to audit
and/or reproduction, during normal working hours, by CPS Energy or its authorized
representative to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of any
invoices, payments or claims based on Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s actual costs (including
direct and indirect costs, and overhead allocations) incurred, or units expended, directly in the
PR # 10479705
D - Page 33 of 36
Document1
performance of Services under this Contract to determine compliance to terms and conditions of
the Contract, or ascertain any facts relative to any claim against Contractor which may become
a charge against CPS Energy. For this purpose of evaluating or verifying such actual or claimed
costs or units expended, CPS Energy or its authorized representative shall have access to said
Records from the effective date of this Contract, for the duration of the Services and until two
(2) years after the date of final payment by CPS Energy to Contractor pursuant to this Contract.
D.65.2 CPS Energy or its authorized representative shall have access, during normal
working hours, to all necessary Contractor and Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided
adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the
provisions of this Section. CPS Energy shall give Contractor or Subcontractor reasonable
advance notice of intended audits.
D.65.3 Contractor shall require Subcontractors to comply with the provisions of this
Section by insertion of the requirements hereof in any subcontract pursuant to this Contract.
D.66.
UTILIZATION OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS
D.66.1 If this Contract offers subcontracting opportunities, both parties to this
Contract [Purchase Order] agree to comply with 48 CFR 52.219-8, Utilization of Small,
Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business, HUBZone Small Business, Small
Disadvantaged Business and Woman-Owned Small Business Concerns and 48 CFR
52.219-9, Small Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business, HUBZone Small
Business, Small Disadvantaged Business and Woman-Owned Small Business
Subcontracting Plan.
D.66.2 Contractors classified by CPS Energy as a large business will be required to
furnish their subcontracting documents prior to the issuance of the Purchase Order and
performance of Services for Contracts expected to meet or exceed $650,000.00 ($1,500,000
for construction). Failure to provide these documents may result in the Contractor not
being awarded the Purchase Order.
D.66.3 The Contractor shall adopt and deliver CPS Energy the Subcontracting Plan
for both large and small, non-minority, minority, HUBZone, service-disabled veteran and/or
woman-owned businesses with the agreement that the Contractor will prepare and submit
the Summary Subcontract Report Standard Form 294 or 295, in accordance with the
instructions on the form and all supporting documentation as required by governmental
directives in the terms of the Contract between CPS Energy and the U. S. Government. The
aforementioned documentation should be submitted to the following address:
Attn: Supplier Diversity Office
CPS Energy
P.O. Box 1771 - Mail Drop 110901
San Antonio, Texas 78296-1771
PR # 10479705
D - Page 34 of 36
Document1
D.66.4 The Contractor may be required to submit a copy to the Director of Small and
Disadvantaged Business Utilization, upon his/her request.
The aforementioned
documentation should be submitted to the following address:
General Services Administration
18th & F Streets NW
Washington, DC 20405
D.67
NOTICES
Any notice herein provided for, or necessary to be given, may be given by registered mail as
follows:
If to CPS Energy:
If to Contractor:
P.O. Box 1771
San Antonio, Texas, 78296
Attn: General Counsel
_____________________________
_____________________________
Attn: ________________________
D.68
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
D.68.1 In no event shall the Contractor or its subcontractors or vendors be liable to Owner,
whether in contract, tort (including negligence), warranty, strict liability or any other legal theory,
for any special, indirect, consequential, punitive or exemplary damages, such as, but not limited
to, cost of capital, loss of anticipated profits or revenue, loss of use or increased expense of use of
equipment or plant, loss of power or production, cost of purchased or replacement power or
production, or claims of customers for loss of power or production.
D.68.2 The liability of the Contractor and its subcontractors and vendors to Owner, arising
out of or related to this Contract or the breach thereof, whether in contract, tort (including negligence),
warranty, strict liability or any other legal theory, shall be limited to the Contract price, provided
however that if the Contract scope was reduced, resulting in a reduction in the Contract Price, then
the limitation of liability would be as follows:
a. If the Contract Price was reduced to an amount above $5 million, then the limitation of
liability will be the greater of $10 million or the adjusted Contract Price;
b. If the Contract Price was reduced to $5 million or less, then the limitation of liability
would be the adjusted Contract Price;
D.68.3 The liability of the Contractor and its subcontractors and vendors for damage to
property of CPS Energy (including the work after risk of loss has passed to CPS Energy) shall be
limited to ten million ($10,000,000.00) dollars, and the Contractor and its subcontractors and vendors
shall be released from such liability in excess of such amount. Any and all liability of the Contractor
and its subcontractors and vendors for damage to such property shall be limited to occurrences prior
to the expiration of the warranty period, and the Contractor and its subcontractors and vendors shall
be released from such liability for occurrences after the expiration of the warranty period.
D.69
CONFIDENTIALITY
PR # 10479705
D - Page 35 of 36
Document1
The data, documents, designs, drawings, reports, specifications and/or other information of the
Owner or Contractor included in this Contract or furnished by a party to the other party in the
performance of the Work hereunder are confidential information of the furnishing party. The
receiving party may use such confidential information for the limited purposes of performing its
obligations under this Contract and the operation and maintenance of the equipment supplied or
work performed under this Contract. The receiving party shall not disclose such Confidential
Information to third parties without the prior written consent of the furnishing party unless required
by law. In such an event, the receiving party shall promptly notify the furnishing party of such a
request or disclosure.
PR # 10479705
D - Page 36 of 36
Document1
SECTION E
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
E.1
GENERAL
This section in conjunction with Exhibit D, “Policy for Contractors”, covers the requirements for
construction services which the Contractor shall provide, and those services which will be
furnished by CPS Energy. The cost for these services will be included in the Contractor's Proposal,
and no additional compensation will be made by CPS Energy.
E.2
CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all construction plant and temporary
facilities and all equipment, materials, and supplies which are required for prosecution of the Work
but which will not be incorporated in the completed Work.
All temporary structures and facilities furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property of the
Contractor. When the Work is completed, all such temporary structures and facilities shall be
removed from the site and the area shall be restored to its original condition.
All construction plant and facilities shall be in sound condition and shall be of the proper type and
size to adequately perform the Work. The plant and facilities shall be regularly and systematically
maintained throughout the Work to ensure proper, efficient operation. Plant and facilities which
are inadequate or improperly maintained shall be promptly modified, repaired, or removed from
the site and replaced.
E.2.1 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
Temporary structures for offices, change houses, warehouses, and other uses for the Contractor or
Contractor's Subcontractors shall be provided by the Contractor using materials, design, and
construction acceptable to CPS Energy. Suitable construction trailers may be used in lieu of
temporary structures. Such structures or trailers shall be placed only in locations agreed upon by
CPS Energy.
E.3
CONSTRUCTION UTILITIES
The Contractor shall furnish all construction utilities and related equipment, materials, and
supplies required for prosecution of the Work under these specifications but not incorporated in
the completed Work.
All construction utilities shall be of the proper type and size to adequately perform the Work. All
construction utilities shall be regularly and systematically maintained throughout the Work to
ensure proper and efficient operation. Construction utilities which are inadequate or improperly
maintained shall be promptly modified, repaired, or removed from the site and replaced to the
satisfaction of CPS Energy.
PR # 10479705
E - Page 1 of 2
Document1
All temporary construction utilities furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property of the
Contractor and, when the construction is completed, all such temporary construction utilities shall
be removed from the site and the area shall be restored to its original condition.
All construction utility equipment furnished by the Contractor for use on the Work shall be of the
type and size required to perform the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner. All equipment shall
be in first-class condition when delivered to the Jobsite and shall be maintained in this condition
throughout the Construction Period. Any equipment which is not suitable or which is not in firstclass operating condition shall immediately be repaired or replaced with acceptable equipment.
CPS Energy will not furnish construction power.
E.3.1 TELEPHONE
The Contractor shall provide its own telephone service.
E.3.2 SANITARY FACILITIES
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain sanitary facilities, including a system of chemical toilets,
for the use of Contractor's forces and those of Contractor’s Subcontractors. The number and
location of chemical toilets shall be as required to adequately and conveniently serve the need of
these persons.
Contractor and Subcontractor forces shall not use existing sanitary facilities at CPS Energy
facilities.
The Contractor shall enforce strict observance of sanitary and health regulations by Contractor's
employees and Contractor's Subcontractor's employees on the construction site.
The chemical toilets and their maintenance shall meet the requirements of the Texas State Board
of Health. Any such facilities or maintenance methods failing to meet these requirements shall be
corrected immediately.
E.3.3 WATER
The Contractor shall furnish all water required during the course of the Work for construction
purposes and shall furnish acceptable drinking water for its employees and Subcontractor's
employees.
PR # 10479705
E - Page 2 of 2
Document1
EXHIBIT A
MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
CLASS 4 MOD
1.01
CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain in full force and effect, at its own expense,
the following minimum insurance coverages and limits:
1.02
Statutory Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance with minimum
limits of not less than indicated below. The policy must be in the name of the
CONTRACTOR or contain an endorsement naming CPS Energy as the Alternate
Employer.
Required Limits – Statutory limits, with Employer’s Liability Coverage as follows:
Bodily Injury by Accident
Bodily Injury by Disease Each Employee
Bodily Injury by Disease Policy Limit
1.03
$1,000,000.00
$1,000,000.00
$1,000,000.00
Commercial General Liability Insurance, including the coverages identified below, with
minimum limits indicated below:
Each Occurrence
General Aggregate
$2,000,000.00
$5,000,000.00
The Commercial General Liability Policy will include the following coverage’s where
applicable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.04
Bodily injury & Property damage on an “Occurrence” basis
Premises & Operations
Independent Contractors
Products/Completed Operations
Personal Injury Liability
Contractual Liability
XCU
Business Automobile Insurance for all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles.
Combined Single Limit BI & PD
1.05
$1,000,000.00
Excess Liability Coverage, following form, over Employers’ Liability, Commercial
Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability Policies, with the limits shown below.
Excess Liability Coverage
PR # 10479705
$5,000,000.00
Ex A - Page 1 of 3
Document1
1.06
Each of Contractor’s liability insurance policies shall be primary to and noncontributing with, any other insurance carried by, or for the benefit of the CPS Energy.
Insurance may be provided under a single limit policy, or two or more policies with
combined limits for the required amount of coverage.
1.07
Contractor’s workers’ compensation, employers’ liability, commercial automobile
liability, commercial general liability, and excess liability insurance policies shall be
endorsed to waive all rights of subrogation in favor of CPS Energy and its affiliates, and
their shareholders, directors, officers, members, employees and agents.
1.08
CPS Energy and its employees, officers, directors, owners, advisors, consultants and agents
shall be included as additional insureds without limitation on all policies (except workers’
compensation), under the form of additional insured endorsement providing the maximum
protection to CPS Energy allowed by applicable law. Further, Contractor represents and
warrants that:
(a)
All such policies will be endorsed to reflect thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation
to CPS Energy. CONTRACTOR shall not cause or permit its insurance to be
canceled, reduced, restricted, limited, or invalidated.
(b)
Upon request by CPS Energy, Contractor shall provide true copies of the insurance
policies and policy endorsements as required in this Exhibit A from issuing
insurance company(s).
1.09
All CONTRACTOR’s insurance shall be issued by insurance carriers licensed to do
business in Texas at the time the policy is issued and rated by A.M. Best Company as AVII or better, confirmed by one or more insurance certificates listing CPS Energy’s name
and address as a Certificate Holder, and list the name of Project as described in this
Agreement and the name and phone number of the broker who prepared the certificate.
Certificates of insurance shall be prepared on an Acord form 25-S.
1.10
With respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy form,
CONTRACTOR shall maintain such coverage for two (2) years following termination of
this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is
later; provided that, if a “claims-made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must
precede the date of commencement of Work under this Agreement.
1.11
CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work under this Agreement until CONTRACTOR
has obtained all required insurance and until such insurance has been received and
approved by CPS Energy. CONTRACTOR’s failure to fulfill these insurance requirements
within ten (10) days after receipt of CPS Energy’s notice to proceed shall not be considered
cause for any adjustment to CONTRACTOR’s compensation or schedule. CPS Energy’s
approval of CONTRACTOR’s insurance shall not relieve or decrease the liability of
CONTRACTOR hereunder.
PR # 10479705
Ex A - Page 2 of 3
Document1
1.12
If CONTRACTOR fails to obtain or renew the above required insurance and furnish to the
CPS Energy acceptable evidence thereof, CPS Energy shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to: (1) procure such insurance and reduce the Agreement amount by the cost
thereof; or (2) deem as material breach of this Agreement the CONTRACTOR’s failure to
do so.
1.13
Nothing herein shall reduce or alter any obligation CONTRACTOR has to indemnify,
defend or hold harmless the Indemnified Parties identified in the Agreement.
1.14
In the event CONTRACTOR enters into a subcontract with a Subcontractor, the
CONTRACTOR will require the Subcontractor to procure at a minimum all insurance
specified to be carried by the CONTRACTOR, in the like form specified herein.
1.14
CONTRACTOR and, as applicable, its Subcontractors shall bear all risks and be
responsible for any uninsured loss due to policy deductibles, self-insured retentions,
exclusions, limitation inadequacy and/or absence of coverage, whether such policies
are purchased by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor and/or CPS Energy.
PR # 10479705
Ex A - Page 3 of 3
Document1
EXHIBIT B
FINAL PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT
State of
County of
§
§
§
Date:
Project:
Bond No.:
CPS Energy P.O. No.:
CPS Energy
Attn: Accounts Payable
P.O. Box 2921
San Antonio, Texas 78299-2921
Contract for
by and between
, Contractor and City
, 20
.
Public Service acknowledged on
The undersigned pursuant to the term of the above stated Contract hereby certifies that except as
set forth below, all obligations and indebtedness for materials and equipment furnished, for all
Work, labor, and services performed, and all known claims against Contractor for damages arising
and in connection with the performance or non-performance of the Contract have been satisfied
and paid in full.
I(We) further guarantee and certify that to the best of my(our) knowledge, information, and belief,
except as listed below, the Release or Waivers of Lien attached hereto, if applicable, include all
Subcontractors, suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or
services who may or might have had liens against the property of CPS Energy arising in any
manner out of the performance of the Contract as specified above.
Exceptions:
Contractor
Signature of Authorized Rep
Title
PR # 10479705
Ex B - Page 1 of 2
Document1
State of
County of
§
§
§
BEFORE ME, the undersigned, Notary Public, on this Day personally appeared
. Known to me to be the person and officer whose
name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was the act
of the said
, and that (he/she) has
executed the same as the act of such corporation for the purposes and consideration therein
expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this
, 20
.
day of
Notary Public, State of
My commission expires
PR # 10479705
.
Ex B - Page 2 of 2
Document1
EXHIBIT C
CHANGE ORDER FORM
Change Order (CO)
PO __________ – Spruce 2 Boiler Improvement Project
Change Order Number: _____________
Revision Number: _____________
Date: _____________
Contract Section References: ______________________________________
Contractor is hereby authorized to perform the change described below in accordance with the
Contract Documents. This Change Order includes all engineering, materials, labor, supervision,
and equipment required to perform the Work.
It is understood and agreed that the referenced change will not impact the Project schedule nor
the Terms and Conditions. [Adjust statement based on mutually agreed schedule impact]
The Contract is hereby changed as follows:
[Include contract language changed & referenced attachments.]
Net adjustment of this Change Order:
$______________________
APPROVED BY ____________________________________
CPS Energy Field Representative
Date _______________
APPROVED BY _____________________________________
Contractor Representative
Date _______________
PR # 10479705
Ex C - Page 1 of 1
Document1
EXHIBIT D
POLICY FOR CONTRACTORS
I.
CONTRACTOR WORK AREA

Contractor Personnel are allowed in designated work areas only. The CPS Energy
Field Representative, prior to Contractor beginning the work, will identify these areas.
Contractor Personnel outside these designated areas, without prior authorization from
CPS Energy, will be subject to removal from the job site.

Contractors are responsible for keeping the work area neat and orderly and removing
debris and trash from this area on a daily basis.

Contractor foreman must sign in and sign out of the Control Room with the Shift
Supervisor daily.

Contractor is not allowed to bring animals or feed any stray animals on CPS Energy
property.

Contractors are permitted to smoke in designated smoking areas only during lunch and
breaks. Cigarette or cigar butts, unused tobacco, filters or other materials (except ash)
not completely consumed by the act of Smoking shall be properly disposed of in
designated containers, if provided, or otherwise properly extinguished as to not cause
a fire hazard.

Smoking is prohibited on, under or within 25 feet of all CPS Energy Facilities and on,
in or within 50 feet of:
o Vehicles used for hauling fuel oils, gasoline, explosives or fueling operations,
o Areas used for fueling or servicing fuel systems for internal combustion engines or
for the receiving or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids,
o Cylinder storage areas containing flammable gas.
II.
SAFETY AND SECURITY

While on CPS Energy property, all Contractor Personnel must wear hardhats, use
hearing protection in designated areas, wear closed-toe work shoes (steel safety toed
shoes/boots are a mandatory requirement for Rio Nogales Power Station), carry hand
protection/gloves, wear 100% cotton long sleeve shirts with the sleeves rolled down
and buttoned, and wear suitable eye protection/safety glasses at all times. Contractor’s
must provide any additional personal protective equipment (PPE) (respirators, full
body suits, etc.) to their employees and ensure its use in order to minimize exposure to
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 1 of 10
Document1
a variety of hazards. Hard hats must have a sticker with Contractor’s company name
displayed on both sides of the hard hat and the contractor employee’s name
displayed on the front and back of the hard hat. In addition, each Contractor’s
employee shall be issued a Contractor’s Identification Badge, which must be displayed
at all times. The ID Badges shall be issued by the CPS Energy Safety Specialist at the
Safety Orientation Meeting on or before the first Day of work. This Safety Orientation
Meeting is a prerequisite before entering the work area. These ID Badges shall be
returned to your CPS Energy Field Representative. The CPS Energy Field
Representative will count ID Badges at that time. For security reasons, all ID Badges
shall be returned at completion of work. Final Payment may be withheld, at the
discretion of CPS Energy, to the extent not all ID Badges are returned. Failure to return
all issued ID Badges may also result in Contractor not being considered acceptable for
further work for CPS Energy.

As part of the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) CIP standards,
a contractor that is required to gain entry into a Controlled and/or Restricted Area, must
complete the Contractor Employee Data Form and have the required background check
performed. This access is granted only to Contractors who have been issued an
appropriate level of access with their ID card, and escorted if required.

Red Danger Tape and Barricades – Contractor is responsible for providing and
managing Red Danger Tape and Barricades, if required. Red Danger Tape and
Barricades must be in accordance with all CPS Energy requirements. No access is
allowed in areas that have Red Danger tape or Barricades unless the Red Danger tape
and/or Barricades were installed by the Contractor.

Yellow Caution Tape – Areas that have Yellow Caution tape have limited access and
should be avoided. Yellow Caution Tape must be in accordance with all CPS Energy
requirements.

Contractor shall not remove any Red Danger, Yellow Caution or any other barrier tape
that has been installed by CPS Energy or any other responsible party.

Red Danger, Yellow Caution or any other barrier tape shall be accompanied by a white
information tag stating the date, its purpose and Contractors name. Once all work
inside the taped area is finished, Contractor shall remove the tape and dispose of
properly.

Contractor(s) shall provide a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for any chemical that
may be used on jobs performed by Contractor for CPS Energy. Contractor shall also
provide CPS Energy with an MSDS for any chemical that may be used by any
Subcontractor working under their direction.

Contractor(s) shall use daily safety meetings and/or tailboard meetings to discuss
potential safety hazards and address safety issues associated with each work activity
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 2 of 10
Document1
with their crews. A record of such type meetings shall be available for review as
requested by the CPS Energy Field Representative or Safety Specialist.

Updated safety training records for each contractor employee working on a CPS Energy
site shall be available for review as requested by the CPS Energy Field Representative
or Safety Specialist. Safety training records requested may include but not be limited
to Fall Protection training, Confined Space training, communication protocol training,
equipment use training (i.e. heavy equipment, welding, etc.) and other safety training
applicable to heavy industry.

Contractor shall report all On-the-Job Injuries, Accidents, First Aids, Near Misses and
Onsite OSHA Recordables to the CPS Energy Field Representative and/or Safety
Specialist. All contractors are responsible for notifying their immediate supervisor
whenever they are involved in an accident, incident, or near-miss situation on the job.
Notification for injuries, accidents, and incidents is required immediately, but at least
by the end of the work shift. If after hours, notification must be made immediately the
next business day. For Emergency situations, see Section XII – EMERGENCY.

Contractor shall submit to the Field Representative, either the form below or a monthly
report each month that work is performed. The information must include the PO#,
month in which work was performed, number of man hours, and the number of Near
Misses, First Aids and OSHA’s. If there is not any information to report, submit the
PO#, month in which work was performed and the number of man hours and indicate
zeros for all categories. This information may be used for future contract negotiations.


III.
Note: If Contractor is located on-site for a project or multi-year contract,
Contractor will be given access to the CPS Energy Contractor Safety Metric
database system to enter information pertaining to First Aids, Near Misses and
Onsite OSHA Recordables. Data must be entered by the 6th day of the month.
NO firearms or ammunition of any kind is allowed on the CPS Energy premises.
Violator(s) is (are) subject to immediate removal.
DRUGS AND ALCOHOL

CPS Energy has a drug and alcohol policy that requires that all Contractors and their
subcontractors have their own drug and alcohol policy and program as a requirement
for bidding on CPS Energy work. Any Contractor Personnel reasonably believed by
CPS Energy to be under the influence of drugs or alcohol will be immediately removed
from the job site by the Contractor.
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 3 of 10
Document1
IV.
CPS ENERGY PROPERTY

V.
VI.
Any Contractor Personnel reasonably believed by CPS Energy to be defacing
CPS Energy property or converting CPS Energy property to his/her own use shall be
immediately removed from the job site and shall be subject to potential prosecution
and/or claims filed by CPS Energy.
CLEARANCE AND EQUIPMENT

Contractor shall not operate CPS Energy electrical breakers.

Contractor shall not remove confined entry placards, electrical danger/clearance tags
or mechanical clearance tags.

Whenever personnel outside of CPS Energy require equipment clearances, the
CPS Energy representative and the outside contractors will inform each other of their
Lockout/Tagout procedures. The CPS Energy representative and the outside
contractors will ensure that their employees fully understand and comply with the
restrictions of the CPS Energy LOTO procedures (section 3.6 - Clearances for Outside
Contractors/Personnel). In the event (additional) plant auxiliary services are required
(i.e., air, water, electrical, etc.), it will be necessary to contact the Coordinator and/or
Operations Supervisor to make arrangements. Under no circumstances shall the
Contractor operate any CPS Energy equipment, which will include, but not be limited
to, valves, faucets, electrical switches or pumps or compressors unless authorized by
CPS Energy personnel.

Contractor or Contractor Personnel violating these requirements shall be subject to
immediate removal from the job site.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors shall provide an estimate of the electrical power necessary to perform the
work (480V, 240V, 120V & amps).

CPS Energy will furnish power supplies, but Contractor must supply its own extension
cords.

Power cord plugs supplied to Contractors must be returned before leaving the site, and
if not returned, Contractor will be billed at cost plus 50%.

Contractor must submit the Power Requirement Sheet (see attached) and the written
request for your phone lines to the CPS Energy Field Representative at least four (4)
weeks prior to the start of a project. The CPS Energy Field Representative will make
sure the power requirements and phone request are received by the Coordinator/
Planner four (4) weeks prior to the start of a project.
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 4 of 10
Document1
POWER REQUIREMENT SHEET
Plant and Unit:
CPS Energy Field Representative:
CPS Energy Coordinator/Planner:
CPS Energy Contact Electrician
Foreman:
Contractor Name:
Contractor Contact Person:
Contractor Contact Person Phone No:
Date to be On-Site:
Date Power Needed:
Date to Unhook Power:
Number of
Circuits
Power
Required
Power
Amps
Location of
Power
Type of
Hook-up
Submit to your CPS Energy Field Representative at least four (4) weeks prior to on-site date.
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 5 of 10
Document1
VII.
SCHEDULE

Contractor must supply CPS Energy with an outage schedule and/or work schedule.
Schedule should be in Primavera, Microsoft Project or Excel format or as specified by
the Field Representative prior to the start of each project or work activity.

A Contractor Representative must attend meeting(s) scheduled by the CPS Energy
Field Representative. An updated work schedule is required prior to each meeting
unless other arrangements have been made with the CPS Energy Field Representative.
VIII. PARKING

All Contractor company vehicles must display the Contractor’s company name on both
sides of the vehicle and equipment before being allowed in the designated work area.
Prior arrangements must be made with the CPS Energy Field Representative to
determine the number of Contractor company vehicles that will be allowed in the
designated work areas. All Contractors must have a parking permit for their Company
vehicles. It is the CPS Energy Field Representative’s responsibility to make
arrangements to issue a parking permit. This permit must state the Contractor’s
company name, Contractor’s representative’s name, phone/cell number, pager number,
license plate number, CPS Energy Field Representative’s name, phone/cell number,
pager number and date. These will be placed on the vehicle dash prior to Contractors
entering the site. The Contractor must return the permit to Security at the Guardhouse
upon completion of the job.

All Contractor Personnel must park their personal vehicles in the designated parking
area adjacent to the Guardhouse and shall be shuttled by Contractor to their designated
work area. Walking to or from the designated parking area is not allowed. Contractor
personnel found walking to or from the parking area are subject to search by
CPS Energy Security.
Note: Parking for Rio Nogales Power Station is located outside of the Plant on the
street unless otherwise approved to come on-site by the Plant’s management. Rio
Nogales has one gate guard in which the contractors will sign in.

Contractors are responsible for keeping the parking area free of debris and material at
all times.

Prior arrangements must be made with the CPS Energy Field Representative to park
equipment and tool trailers in a designated area. The CPS Energy Field Representative
will coordinate trailer location with the Planning Coordinator and Plant Manager.

All Contractors or vendors visiting for one day may enter the site without their
company name on the sides of vehicle when prior arrangements have been made with
a CPS Energy Field Representative. It is the CPS Energy Field Representative’s
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 6 of 10
Document1
responsibility to make arrangements to issue a parking permit. This permit must state
the Contractor’s company name, Contractor’s representative’s name, phone/cell
number, pager number, license plate number, CPS Energy Field Representative’s
name, phone/cell number, pager number and date. Permits are located in the
Guardhouse at each plant. These will be placed on the vehicle dash prior to Contractors
or Vendors entering the site. Visitors must park in the main parking lots at each plant
location. The Contractor or Vendor must return the permit to Security at the
Guardhouse when leaving the site.

IX.
All Contractors are prohibited from “tailgating” or piggybacking (the practice of
following someone into a Controlled Access area or Restricted Access area or any
CPS Energy area without activating the Proximity Reader or without displaying their
CPS Energy ID Card or One-Day Identification Pass to Security Personnel).
LUNCH
X.

CPS Energy cafeterias are not large enough to accommodate all of the personnel on
site at one time.

Use of the cafeterias by Contractor Personnel is strictly prohibited unless authorized by
the CPS Energy Field Representative assigned to the Contractor prior to the Contractor
beginning work on the Project. The cafeteria shall only be used for lunch.

If Contract Personnel are authorized to use the CPS Energy cafeterias, they shall eat
immediately following the scheduled CPS Energy lunch periods.

Cafeteria privileges shall be revoked if any Contractor Personnel violate scheduled
lunch periods.
ELEVATORS
XI.

Contractors may use elevators if authorized by the CPS Energy Field Representative.

Contractors shall be responsible for the proper use and care of the elevators used by
Contractor Personnel. Damage due to misuse, accident, or negligence by Contractor
Personnel will be repaired by CPS Energy at Contractor’s expense.

Contractors found misusing elevators shall have their privileges revoked.
RESTROOMS

Contractors must supply their own restroom facilities and place them at a location
designated by the CPS Energy Field Representative unless your Field Representative has
approved the use of CPS Energy restrooms.
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 7 of 10
Document1

Contractors who are approved for use of CPS Energy restroom facilities may only use the
restroom facilities which are designated by your Field Representative.

Contractor Personnel using CPS Energy restrooms are responsible for conducting
themselves in a manner which keeps the restroom facilities clean and free from trash at all
times. CPS Energy reserves the right to withdraw its approval of Contractor Personnel
using CPS Energy restroom facilities if this requirement is not strictly followed.
XII.
EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency, the following procedure should be followed. DO NOT CALL
911 DIRECTLY. The Shift Supervisor will be responsible for calling in the emergency
through the CPS Energy dispatcher.

Sommers, Deely or Spruce, or Braunig:
Use the page system and say “(name of site – Sommers, Deely, Spruce or Braunig)
Control Room Party #____”. Ask for the Shift Supervisor (if he is not in the control
room, talk with the CRO). Tell the Shift Supervisor/CRO you are a contractor and give
your name and the name of your Company. Tell him what type of emergency exists,
if someone is hurt, and whether the injured person needs an ambulance or immediate
medical attention. Tell the Shift Supervisor to inform the Field Representative, (name
of Field Representative) of the accident, Cellular: (Field Representative Phone
Number).

Leon Creek or Rio Nogales
Use the issued radio (if any) or personal phone to call the control room, 210-353-4355.
Ask for the Shift Supervisor (if he is not in the control room, talk with the CRO). Tell
the Shift Supervisor/CRO you are a contractor and give your name and the name of
your Company. Tell him what type of emergency exists, if someone is hurt, and
whether the injured person needs an ambulance or immediate medical attention. Tell
the Shift Supervisor to inform the Field Representative, (name of Field Representative)
of the accident, Cellular: (Field Representative Phone Number).
XIII. DUMPSTERS
CPS Energy may provide construction debris dumpsters. If provided by CPS Energy,
before dumping any construction debris, Contractor must obtain prior approval from the
CPS Energy Environmental Section. The CPS Energy Field Representative will be the
point of contact for all Contractor construction debris. There are 6 different types of
dumpsters: asbestos, trash, construction debris, mineral fiber, cardboard and scrap metal.
Their contents are not to be intermingled. The CPS Energy Field representative shall point
them out to the Contractor’s site person. If the Contractor fills a dumpster, Contractor must
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 8 of 10
Document1
notify the CPS Energy Field representative. If Contractor overfills a dumpster it will be
the responsibility of the Contractor to correct this issue.
XIV. MANAGEMENT OF ACCIDENTAL SPILLS
The use of Contractor equipment could involve incidental or accidental spills, leaks or
releases of hydrocarbons and petroleum products during the course of the work from that
equipment or other materials (drums, other containers, etc.). Contractor is, and shall be,
responsible for the containment of any such spills and shall be responsible for the cleanup
and the proper disposal of all such spilled material, including hydrocarbon-contaminated
materials from Contractor-owned equipment and materials. The cleanup and disposal of
all such contaminated materials shall be handled in accordance with local, State, and
Federal requirements, and shall be to the satisfaction of the CPS Field Representative. In
addition, Contractor shall promptly submit to CPS, documentation verifying that any such
contaminated media was sent to a proper disposal facility (i.e. manifest or other
documentation provided by the disposal facility). The CPS Field Representative shall be
notified by the Contractor as soon as possible after the occurrence of any such spill or
release, and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting the spill to the appropriate
agencies if a reportable quantity was released. Contractor shall provide to the CPS Field
Representative, upon request, any information requested by CPS concerning any such spill
report.
XV.
CONTACT NAMES AND NUMBERS
NAME
PR # 10479705
TITLE
OFFICE #
Ex D - Page 9 of 10
CELL #
HOME #
Document1
Contractor Safety Report
Purchase Order #
Month/Year
Near Misses
First Aids
OSHA Recordables
Man-Hours
Comments/Plant Location
*Please submit via email to your Field Representative by the 6th of each month
PR # 10479705
Ex D - Page 10 of 10
Document1
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
FOR
SPRUCE 2 BOILER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
VOLUME II
RFP No: 7000133688
ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 9, 2015
PR #10479705
Document1
SECTION F-1
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Spruce Unit 2 is a Powder River Basin (PRB) coal-fired unit with a balanced draft steam generator
and a nominal capacity of 785 MW net. The unit was designed to run as a base load and was
placed into commercial operation in 2010.
CPS Energy requires Contractor turnkey services intended for the replacement of the Spruce Unit
2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly. The scope of Work includes replacement of twenty-five
(25) superheat vertical platen tube assemblies with ID shot-peened Superalloy-SA-213-304H
stainless steel assemblies.
Existing assemblies will require careful removal of weld between the seal band and support bar
inside the boiler penthouse. Replacement will require welding of a Grade 91 seal band to a Grade
91 support bar on each assembly. Cover plates will be provided for sealing between the seal band
and the end bar. The scope of Work and Specification include both demolition and re-installation
of materials specified.
Along with the Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly replacement, Contractor will also be
responsible for modification and upgrade of the Spruce 2 steam soot blowing system. This
includes the installation of four (4) new retractable soot blowers, installation of soot blower
opening tube panels and seal boxes, and all structural steel, grating and access modifications
related to the new soot blowers.
CPS Energy also requires Contractor services for general boiler repair and alteration activities
including but not limited to: superheat division panel assemblies, reheat finishing assemblies,
reheat rear assemblies, waterwall tubes, burner assemblies, and the submerged scrapper conveyor.
PR # 10479705
F-1 – Page 1 of 1
Document1
SECTION F-2
SCOPE OF WORK
SPRUCE 2 SUPERHEAT VERTICAL PLATEN ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
F.1.00 CONTRACTOR SCHEDULE AND SCOPE OF WORK
1.
2.
Spruce Unit 2 is a Powder River Basin (PRB) coal-fired unit with a balanced draft
steam generator and a nominal capacity of around 785 MW net. The unit was
designed to run as a base load and was placed into commercial operation in 2010.
CPS Energy requires Contractor turnkey services intended for the replacement of
the Spruce Unit 2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly. The scope of Work includes
replacement of twenty-five (25) superheat vertical platen tube assemblies with ID
shot-peened Superalloy SA-213-304H stainless steel assemblies. For shipping,
lifting and erection, two (2) elevations of temporary back-to-back lifting channels
will be bolted on five (5) superheat platen assemblies (for re-use on subsequent
assemblies) for horizontal lifting. Stop lugs for back-to-back lifting channels will
be shop installed on all superheat platen assemblies. Each replacement assembly
will have two (2) erection lugs for vertical lifting. Tube panels weigh
approximately 16,000 lbs.
Existing assemblies will require careful removal of weld between the seal band and
support bar inside the boiler penthouse. Replacement will require welding of a
Grade 91 seal band to a Grade 91 support bar on each assembly. Cover plates will
be provided for sealing between the seal band and the end bar. The scope of Work
and Specification include both demolition and re-installation of materials specified.
3.
CPS Energy also requires Contractor services for general boiler repair and
alteration activities including but not limited to: superheat division panel
assemblies, reheat finishing assemblies, reheat rear assemblies, waterwall tubes,
burner assemblies, and the submerged scrapper conveyor.
II.
Name of Project
Spruce Unit 2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly Replacement
III.
Location of Project
The Spruce Power Plant is located at Calaveras Power Station in southeast Bexar
County approximately 15 miles southeast of downtown San Antonio, Texas.
IV.
Transportation / Deliveries to Facilities
1.
Plant normal working hours are Monday through Thursday 6:30 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.
Normal day to day and outage deliveries to the Calaveras Power Station plant site
PR # 10479705
F-2 – Page 1 of 9
Document1
require at least two (2) business days' prior notice to CPS Energy’s Field
Representative. Normal plant delivery hours to CPS Energy storerooms are
Monday through Thursday, 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. No deliveries will be accepted
outside these times by CPS Energy storeroom personnel unless prior arrangements
have been made. Contractor may arrange to receive their own deliveries at any time.
2.
Spruce Unit 2: Highway Access: Take I-10 East or West and Merge onto SE I410 Loop, take IH-37 S toward Corpus Christi. Merge onto US 181 South via EXIT
132 towards Floresville. Drive (Approximately 2-1/2 Miles) and turn right into
Calaveras Power Complex Entry. The street address is 12940 South U.S Highway
181,
San
Antonio,
Texas
78223.
All deliveries must be labeled as below:
Storeroom591
Spruce 2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly Replacement
C/O: Ryan Hoog
V.
Correspondence
CPS Energy Field Representative’s mailing address:
Ryan Hoog
CPS Energy
P.O. Box 1771
Maildrop: 230105
San Antonio, TX 78296-1771
CPS Energy’s Field Representative’s physical address:
Ryan Hoog
CPS Energy
12940 US Hwy 181 South
San Antonio, TX 78223
VI.
Schedule For Spruce Unit 2 Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly Replacement
1.
Spruce Unit 2 Outage J216 is tentatively scheduled to begin January 22, 2016.
Access for working days inside the boiler tentatively begins Wednesday, January
27, 2016 at 6:30 A.M. The actual date and time will be designated as the Initial
Notice to Proceed Milestone.
i.
PR # 10479705
Should Owner select the Base Schedule Proposal, Contractor will be given
no more than 47 Days after the Initial Notice to Proceed to achieve the
Pressure Test Ready Milestone. Contractor should expect to allow for four
(4) Days for Owner to pressure test the boiler, although this is not a
guarantee. After the boiler is successfully pressure tested, Contractor will
F-2 – Page 2 of 9
Document1
be notified of the Second Notice to Proceed. Contractor will achieve the
Time of Completion Milestone by the Scheduled Time of Completion
Milestone Date after the Second Notice to Proceed.
ii.
Should the Owner select the Option Schedule Proposal, Contractor will
achieve the Pressure Test Ready Milestone by the Scheduled Pressure Test
Ready Date after the Initial Notice to Proceed. Contractor should expect to
allow for four (4) Days for Owner to pressure test the boiler, although this
is not a guarantee. After the boiler is successfully pressure tested,
Contractor will be notified of the Second Notice to Proceed. Contractor will
achieve the Time of Completion Milestone by the Scheduled Time of
Completion Milestone Date after the Second Notice to Proceed.
Failure to reach the Time of Completion Milestone by the Scheduled Time of
Completion Date will result in Contractor paying the Schedule Guarantees in
accordance with Section D.38.5 for delays for each and every Day past the
Scheduled Time of Completion Date that the Contractor’s Work has not been
completed.
2.
CPS Energy reserves the right to change the dates of the outages, if necessary. The
Contractor shall be notified immediately by CPS Energy via telephone and
followed by written notification.
3.
Project materials are scheduled to begin arriving on site January 11, 2016.
Contractor is responsible for unloading all Project materials as they arrive.
VII.
Scope of Work
1.
Contractor shall provide turnkey installation for all associated Spruce Unit 2
superheat vertical platen assembly pressure part and non pressure part materials
specified.
2.
Contractor shall provide all labor, supervision, QA/QC, safety, demolition,
environmental, testing services, scaffold services, vacuum services, 3rd party testing
services, non-destructive examination (NDE) services, dust blast services,
Authorized Inspectors, and all materials (other than those materials specifically
being supplied by CPS Energy in this Contract bill of materials (BOM)), including,
but not limited to, insulation, lagging, refractory, super 3000 or other, mud,
consumables, paint, hoisting, rigging, welding machines and rods, grinding stones,
cut-off wafers, oxygen, acetylene, argon gases, site fabrication of lifting beams,
tools, testing services, consumables, equipment, equipment operators, etc.,
necessary to complete the Work in the allotted time inside the boiler.
3.
Contractor shall take extra care and precautions during demolition and erection of
the superheat vertical platen assemblies and associated materials. Damage to any
items during the course of Work by the Contractor or their approved
subcontractor(s) is (are) the responsibility of the Contractor to make timely repairs
which do not impact the Time of Completion Milestone.
PR # 10479705
F-2 – Page 3 of 9
Document1
4.
Contractor shall demolish the existing superheat vertical platen assemblies and
install all new pressure part and non pressure part materials in accordance with
provided drawings.
5.
Contractor shall be responsible for loading, unloading and arranging materials
received into lay down areas. Extra care must be taken to prevent excessive bowing
of panels and materials during lifting, handling and installation.
6.
Contractor shall provide all tube membrane for boiler cutouts and replacement
sections. This shall apply to Contractor scope of Work in all sections of the boiler.
Material Test Reports (MTR) are required for all materials being welded to pressure
parts including membrane).
7.
Contractor shall create an entry/exit point for the superheat vertical platen assembly
panels and associated non pressure part materials.
8.
Contractor shall be responsible for the correct setting, mounting, leveling and
alignment of all Systems.
9.
Prior to installation of tube assemblies, Contractor shall be responsible for supply
of all temporary equipment including but not limited to controls, instruments, pipe,
fittings, valves, and hoses required for testing, cleaning, and sponge blowing out
the equipment or panels or piping to be erected by the Contractor.
10.
Contractor is responsible for hauling all scrap and refuses to the assigned scrapdisposal areas and for providing notification on the number of bins required.
CPS Energy will advise on an acceptable location; however, Contractor is
responsible for coordinating with CPS Energy Field Representative 48 hours or
more in advance when replacement and dumping of dumpsters are required.
11.
Additional Work to access the work area (i.e. grating, skin casing, handrails, etc.)
will be the Contractor’s responsibility. Contractor will be responsible for the reinstallation of any casing, handrails, etc. that is removed by the Contractor or their
Subcontractor(s).
12.
Contractor shall be responsible for all scaffolding either internal or external to the
boiler including modifications to scaffold necessary to complete the scope of Work.
All Subcontractors must be approved by CPS Energy. Contractor may not self
perform scaffolding unless capable of full scaffold scope of Work. All scaffolding
requires scaffold grade materials and will be spot checked by CPS Energy Field
Representative and plant personnel.
13.
Contractor shall, when necessary, coordinate access to work areas, including
scaffolds, for CPS Energy personnel to conduct normal business and special
activities necessary through the course of the outage.
14.
Contactor shall be responsible to clean work areas and remove all scraps regularly
and upon request from CPS Energy Field Representative.
15.
Contractor shall NOT weld any temporary welds to pressure parts without the prior
knowledge and prior written approval from CPS Energy Field Representative.
PR # 10479705
F-2 – Page 4 of 9
Document1
16.
Contractor shall provide services of an Authorized Inspector to satisfy code
requirements.
17.
Contractor shall provide Report of Welding Repair (R-1 Form) and weld map upon
completion of installation.
18.
Contractor shall seal all entry / exit points for the boiler tube assemblies.
19.
Contractor shall be responsible to perform removal and replacement of all
insulation and lagging to access areas of the boiler. This includes restoration of any
altered, removed or damaged insulating blankets in the penthouse. Insulating
blankets:
a.
The SH assemblies from the roof tube seals or roof skin casing to the header
(all inside roof enclosure) and the headers shall be individually or group
insulated (where possible), with a 2” thick Refractory Ceramic Fiber (RCF)
Blanket or Soluble CMS Fiber Blanket. The individually insulated pipes
shall be covered with 20 gauge (.032”) x 1” stainless steel hex wire on the
outside. Group insulated areas shall have 2” thick insulation with #13, 11/2” stainless steel expanded metal inside (tube side) and 20 gauge (.032”)
x 1” stainless steel hex wire on the outside. The Expanded Metal Mesh shall
be attached to the tubes with 14-gauge stainless steel wire. Field weld or
fasten 10 Ga. stainless steel pins to the expanded metal mesh on maximum
12” x 12” centers. The blankets shall be applied to the expanded metal mesh
by impaling them on the outstanding insulation fastener pins and secured
with 2.5” square stainless steel pin clips. See drawing #1E3472 for method
of attaching blanket insulation.
b.
Allowance shall be made for easily removable access openings, as required
(18” x 18”) into the area inside the assembly for inspection & maintenance.
Allowance shall also be made for Thermocouple wiring to exit from the
inside of the assembly.
20.
Contractor shall be responsible for the storage and handling of all materials and
equipment utilized in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall ensure
that all staging or storage of material does not interfere with normal plant
operations.
21.
Contactor shall ensure that equipment and material stored outdoors is protected
against dirt, fly ash, and inclement weather conditions; all temporary material for
such protection shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor shall store
materials above grade, (i.e, on pallets or blocks). Material shall be handled, stored,
and protected by Contractor in a manner that will prevent damage and entry of
foreign material and moisture.
VIII. Work by Owner
1.
PR # 10479705
CPS Energy will isolate boiler equipment, open boiler access doors, drain boiler
tubing, and obtain the confined space entry permit for the boiler. However,
F-2 – Page 5 of 9
Document1
Contractor shall assume vertical assemblies will not be completely drained of all
water and should take all necessary precautions when removing existing
assemblies.
2.
CPS Energy will cool down and deslag the furnace and wash the nose arch.
3.
CPS Energy shall provide properly labeled disposal drums for “fresh” paint and
paint products-contaminated waste; however, contractor shall remove and retain
responsibility for all unused product brought on site by Contractor
4.
CPS Energy will supply electrical power based on Contractor’s submitted electrical
requirements per Exhibit D – “Policy for Contractors.”
5.
CPS Energy will remove boiler slag and wash down the submerged scrapper
conveyor after boiler deslag is complete and prior to Contractor boiler access.
6.
CPS Energy will perform a pressure test after all welding is complete.
7.
CPS Energy will supply a flatbed truck or a metal dumpster or scrap bin for the
disposal of tubing and miscellaneous metal disposal.
8.
CPS Energy will provide drawings with information to allow for the proper
installation of the supplied materials. Additionally, CPS Energy shall provide any
original drawings and reference drawings required for the installation. Note:
CPS Energy will provide any updates to drawings as they become available.
9.
CPS Energy will designate a lay-down area for materials and equipment for
Contractor use.
10.
CPS Energy will provide a Field Representative to coordinate Contractor activities
with those of the plant and other contractors.
11.
CPS Energy will launch the boiler maintenance work platform as required by
Contractor prior to the Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
IX.
Additional Work by Contractor
1.
In addition to the work associated with the Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly
Replacement, Contractor shall provide services for general boiler repair and
alteration activities including but not limited to: superheat division panel
assemblies, reheat finishing assemblies, reheat rear assemblies, waterwall tubes,
burner assemblies, and the submerged scrapper conveyor.
PR # 10479705
a.
Contractor will charge for these services on a time and materials basis
utilizing the Adjustment Unit Prices submitted in Volume III, Attachment
A. This work shall be invoiced separately from the lump sum Superheat
Vertical Platen Assembly Replacement portion of the scope of Work after
Work is complete.
b.
Contractor will provide an estimate for additional Work in Volume III,
Attachment A.2 and A.3 based on the scope of Work and not-to-exceed
man-hour estimates given in this section.
F-2 – Page 6 of 9
Document1
2.
This additional work should not impact the guaranteed schedule dates for either the
Base Schedule Proposal or the Optional Schedule Proposal. Contractor will be
responsible for completing this additional work within the agreed upon timeframe.
3.
Contractor will be responsible for the design and installation of a boiler scaffold
to access this additional work. It must be possible to pressure test (hydro) the boiler
with the scaffold in place; therefore, the scaffold and support structure CANNOT
be welded to any boiler pressure parts. Full access to the upper furnace, consisting
of the superheat division panel assemblies, reheat finishing assemblies, and reheat
rear assemblies, must be accessible for a minimum of three (3) weeks. A lower
furnace scaffold granting full access to all waterwall tubes and burner assemblies
between boiler elevations 120’ and 252’, must be in place and accessible for a
minimum of two (2) weeks. These minimum periods for the upper and lower
furnace scaffolds may overlap and must occur prior to the Contractor’s scheduled
Pressure Test Ready Milestone for proper inspection and repair purposes.
Use of the Spruce 2 boiler maintenance work platform is available to the Contractor
and encouraged. Drawings of the boiler maintenance work platform are provided.
All scaffold plans and any added load planned to be applied to the boiler
maintenance work platform must be submitted to CPS Energy for review and
approval. Also, any planned modification to the typical launch plan of the boiler
maintenance work platform must also be submitted for review and approval. For
example, launching only 5 of the 8 total trusses to allow for open access through
the platform level. Contractor will allow 3 weeks for CPS Energy review and
approval of the boiler maintenance work platform loading plan.
PR # 10479705
a.
In the upper furnace, the scaffold shall extend from elevation 268' thru 331'.
A bay shall be installed between each division panel assembly to provide
access to both sides of the panels (2 sets of 6 S.H. division panel
assemblies). Platforms shall be installed in each bay at intervals of 6' to 8'.
All bays shall be interlocked for sturdiness so the scaffold will not move.
All bays shall be erected so that the scaffold is no more than 10" - 12" from
the assemblies.
b.
A ladder system will be used in the superheat area from elevations 268' thru
331'. The ladder system will be offset 6' at every two levels. Each platform
landing shall have handrails around the opening for safety. The ladder
system should be located in the center of the boiler near the north wall.
c.
The scaffold system shall be installed and maintained in accordance with
approved engineered design and instructions as issued by the Contractor in
compliance with OSHA and applicable governmental regulations, codes,
and ordinances. All scaffold design drawings and instructions shall be
stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state of Texas.
d.
The scaffolding shall meet all OSHA safety regulations required, and all
walkways, platforms, and stairs shall have adequate handrails. Guardrails,
mid-rails, and toe boards shall be installed as required by governmental
regulations, codes, and ordinances. Handrails will be required on the
F-2 – Page 7 of 9
Document1
walkways against the boiler wall. Handrails and knee-rails will be required
around the inside of each walkway.
e.
Due to elevator restrictions, the Contractor will stage scaffolding on the
boiler between 4:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. prior to erection and after
dismantling unless otherwise instructed. This will allow the Contractor to
have maximum access without delays. The Contractor will be responsible
for the cost of any repairs to the elevators due to misuse, overloading of
material to exceed weight capacities or simple negligence. If the total
scaffold staging cost can be reduced by utilizing a crane, this is acceptable.
f.
The Contractor will be responsible for supplying lights for erection and
dismantling of the scaffold. CPS Energy will not furnish any lighting or
supplies.
4.
Contractor should prepare to perform welding labor in the superheat division
panel assemblies, reheat finishing assemblies, reheat rear assemblies,
waterwall tubes, burner tips, and submerged scrapper conveyor. Owner will
provide all replacement tube material and Contractor is responsible for providing
all consumable material such as membrane and welding rods. Total welding labor
in these sections will not exceed 2500 man-hours.
5.
Contractor should prepare for installation of refractory in various locations in
the boiler furnace. Owner will provide all refractory. Total refractory installation
will not exceed 200 man-hours.
6.
Contractor will replace four (4), “B” elevation burner assemblies. The final
assembly locations are subject to change during the outage but Contractor should
assume that four (4), “A” elevation assemblies will be replaced for estimating
purposes.
See Section G for general specifications also governing this Work.
PR # 10479705
F-2 – Page 8 of 9
Document1
REFERENCE DRAWING LIST
SPRUCE UNIT 2 SUPERHEAT VERTICAL PLATEN ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
PROJECT
Drawing
00305-1E0001
00305-1E0002
00305-4E0100
00305-1E0108
00305-4E0110
00305-1E0111
00305-1E0112
00305-1E0119
00305-1E0120
00305-1E0134
00305-1E0500
00305-4E9050
00305-4E9051
IA2812
IA4373
00305-1E3472
PR # 10479705
Title
General Arrangement – Key, Legend and Notes
General Arrangement – Sect. Side Elevation “O2-O2”
PPA Sect. Side Elev. (Upper Furnace)
PPA Plan View “C-C” Section Thru Furnace
PPA Fluid Cooled Spacer
PPA – Fluid Cooled Spacers
PPA – Fluid Cooled Spacers
PPA-Side Elev. View SH Platen Inlet & Outlet Hdrs
PPA – Front Elev. Views “S2-S2” & “S3-S3”
PPA – Fluid Cooled Spacers
PPA – Panel Arrangement - Furnace
PPA – SH Platen Replacement (Part 1)
PPA – SH Platen Replacement (Part 2)
Modular Boiler Work Platform-Arrangement
Boiler Door Location (Sheets 1-4)
Insulation, Lagging and Outer Casing
F-2 – Page 9 of 9
Document1
SECTION F-3
SCOPE OF WORK
SPRUCE 2 SOOT BLOWER INSTALLATIONS
00100 – Overview and Definitions
This section provides an overview of the structure and content of this specification document and
definitions of certain terms used throughout the documents.
00100.1 Overview of Document
The following provides a guide to the basic structure and arrangement of the document.
Section Number(s)
01100
Contents
Technical Scope and System Performance Requirements provide the
overall description and requirements for the scope of Work to be provided.
Section 01100 provides a listing of all the drawings, documents, and
reference material being provided separately.
01400
Technical Supplemental Specifications which provide basic
specifications for the equipment, materials, and Work to be provided under
this document. This information supplements the detailed specifications.
Section 01400 includes the following Supplemental Specifications:
60.0100 Contractor Supplied Equipment and Material
Requirements
M200 Piping
Q210 Welding of Power Piping
Q280 Welding of Pipe Supports
Q300 General Coating Requirements
Q302 Owner Specified Shop Coating
Q310 Preservative Coatings
Q320 Galvanizing
Q400 General Equipment Requirements
09900 - 15971
Detailed Specifications which provide requirements for the major
components of the Work to be provided.
Attachment Drawing
CL06-001-S6025
Structural Specifications which provide complete specifications for the
platform steel, existing steel modifications, new hoist, and structural soot
blower support.
Schedule of
Submittals
Schedule of Submittals lists submittal requirements after Purchase Order
award and bid submittal requirements relevant to this Project.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 1 of 82
Document1
01100 - Technical Scope and System Performance Requirements
01100.1 Technical Scope of Work
The Work under these specifications shall include modification and upgrade of the steam soot blowing
systems for the CPS Energy JK Spruce Generating Station Unit 2. The items listed in the following table
are the ONLY items being provided by the Owner and shall be installed by the Contractor. All other
materials, equipment, and services required for a complete and operational soot blowing system shall be
furnished and installed by the Contractor.
Item
Installation/Erection Section(s)
Sootblowers
Four (4) new IK type sootblowers, each
containing sectionalized lances with nozzles and
poppet valves, feed tubes, carriage assemblies,
and wall box and sleeves.
15901 – Mechanical Equipment
Erection
New soot blower control panel.
Four (4) boiler water wall offset tube panels for
the openings for each new sootblower opening.
Except as indicated otherwise herein, all Work, materials, and additional equipment required for complete
installation of the equipment, including receiving from carriers, unloading, inspection, inventory, and
storage prior to installation, shall be provided by Contractor.
Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing any additional quantities of material, accessories, supports,
mounting hardware, equipment, devices, fittings, and any other materials or accessories necessary for
the complete installation of Owner-furnished material for the Work.
The scope of Work shall include, but is not limited to, the following. This listing is being provided to assist
the Contractor in defining the detailed scope of Work, but is not represented to provide a complete listing
of all activities required to complete the Work.
Provide all necessary labor, materials, hardware, and consumables required for the
erection/assembly of the Owner-furnished equipment and materials.
Installation of four (4) new retractable (IK) type sootblowers, provided by the Owner as
designated on the attached drawings. Contractor responsibilities shall also include
installation of new furnace wall openings and furnishing and installing the required
accessories as required to accommodate the new sootblowers.
Furnishing and installation of all equipment, materials, and services required to provide a
complete extension to the soot blowing steam supply piping system, including:
Two (2) steam source tie-in's to the existing steam supply system.
All piping and piping components to the four (4) new sootblowers.
Pipe supports and supplementary steel, designed by Owner.
Pipe insulation and lagging.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 2 of 82
Document1
Furnishing and install support beam with heavy duty electric hoist and geared trolley for
the drop zone located on the west side of the boiler. The hoist shall have a capacity of 2
tons. For specifications see drawing CLO6-001-S6025.
Piping shall be installed in accordance with the enclosed piping isometric drawings.
Minor field modifications to the indicated piping arrangements required to alleviate
interferences or simplify installation shall be included in the Contractors scope of Work at
no additional charge.
Material procurement, surface preparation, coating application, detailing, fabricating,
erecting, and setting in place structural steel for supporting new sootblowers, access
platforms, and hoist. Work includes setting the soot blower housing and hoist; and
structurally attaching per the drawings, details, and manufactures instructions.
Scope of erection includes inspection, unloading, and storage of material, supply and
install touchup coatings. Misc. materials and services include high strength nuts, bolts,
washers, grounding lugs in accordance with detail drawings, and shims.
Contractor is responsible for temporary planking, grating, and temporary bracing required
to erect steel structure, mount the soot blowers, install the hoist, and make all the
necessary structural connections to the steel frame. All Work shall conform to plant
safety requirements and meet all OSHA safety regulations.
Claims by Contractor for additional compensation on the basis that Contractor was not aware of the
scope of the erection or installation Work required will not be paid. Bidders shall be thoroughly familiar
with the extent of field assembly required, manufacturers' installation recommendations, and all
miscellaneous equipment and materials that are to be installed with Owner-furnished equipment.
In the event of technical conflicts, errors, or discrepancies, the detailed technical specifications, including
this Section 01100 and Sections 09900 - 15971, take precedence over Section 01400, Technical
Supplemental Specifications.
01100.2 Schedule for Spruce 2 Soot Blower Installations
Spruce Unit 2 Outage J216 is tentatively scheduled to begin February 12, 2016. Access for working days
inside the boiler tentatively begins Wednesday, February 17, 2015 at 6:30 A.M. The actual date and time
will be designated as the Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
Contractor will be given 25 days after the Initial Notice to Proceed to complete the portion of the scope of
Work necessary for the soot blowers to be electrically completed and tested. This includes, but is not
limited to, the soot blower housings mounted in place and control panels mounted on the soot blower
housings. Contractor will make accommodations for a third party contractor to complete the electrical and
controls tie-in of the soot blowers after this period.
Project materials are scheduled to begin arriving onsite January 6, 2016. Contractor is responsible for
unloading all Project materials as they arrive.
01100.3 Drawings and Technical Attachments
This article lists the drawings and other technical attachments that have been prepared for the Work
under these specifications.
01100.3.1 Drawing Notations
Certain Owner's drawings included as part of these specifications may have specific areas denoted
"Hold." The "Hold" notation indicates that the Work so marked is not released for execution; however, the
Work as indicated shall be included as part of the Contractor's bid and in the Contract price. If, upon
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 3 of 82
Document1
subsequent removal of the "Hold," the Work included thereunder has been materially changed from that
initially included, the Contract may be subject to adjustment as provided for in the Terms and Conditions.
01100.3.2 Engineer's Attachments
The following listed attachments shall be part of the Contract.
Drawing No. or
Other
Designation
Rev.
No.
CL06-001-S6020A
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
PLATFORM DEMOLITION PLAN EL 284'-0"
CL06-001-S6020B
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
PLATFORM PLAN EL 284'-0"
CL06-001-S6021A
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
PLATFORM DEMOLITION PLAN EL 277'-6"
CL06-001-S6021B
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
PLATFORM PLAN EL 277'-6"
CL06-001-S6022
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
PLATFORM MODIFICATION PLAN EL 277'-6"
CL06-001-S6023
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
PLATFORM MODIFICATION PLAN EL 284'-0" & SECTIONS
CL06-001-S6024
0
GENERATION BUILDING-SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
TYPICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS
CL06-001-S6025
0
GENERATION BUILDING – SOOT BLOWING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTES
CL06-275-M2000
0
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM
CL06-275-M2001
0
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM SHEET 1 OF 3
CL06-275-M2002
0
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM SHEET 2 OF 3
CL06-275-M2003
0
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM SHEET 3 OF 3
CL06-275-M2004
0
SOOTBLOWER SCHEDULES
CLO6-275-M2005
0
DETAIL PIPING ISOMETRIC
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM – WEST SIDE
CLO6-275-M2006
0
DETAIL PIPING ISOMETRIC
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM – EAST SIDE
CLO6-275-M2007
0
DETAIL PIPING ISOMETRIC
SOOTBLOWING SYSTEM – EAST SIDE
PR # 10479705
Title
F-3 - Page 4 of 82
Document1
Drawing No. or
Other
Designation
Rev.
No.
81113-DM-0641
5
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - SYSTEM 1301 - Epoxy Zinc
(EPZ)
81113-DM-0667
2
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - SYSTEM 1112 - POLYAMIDE
EPOXY (EPX)/ACRYLIC WATERBORNE (ACW)
81113-DM-0670
1
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEETS - SYSTEM 1001 - VAPOR
PHASE CORROSION INHIBITOR (SPC)
81113-DM-0671
1
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEETS - SYSTEM 1002 - OIL
SOLUBLE RUST PREVENTIVE (SPC)
81113-DM-0672
1
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEETS - SYSTEM 1003 CONSUMABLE RUST PREVENTIVE (SPC)
Title
01100.3.3 Reference Documents
The following listed drawings are non-scope, reference drawings or existing drawings that are considered
to be relevant to the Contractor's scope of Work. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for the
accuracy of existing drawings. Other drawings may be made available for viewing for reference purposes
during normal business hours (by appointment), and for limited copying at the Spruce site. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to review the available drawings and data to determine the nature, scope, and
limitations of these documents prior to submitting a bid. It will not be acceptable for the Contractor to
submit a price change request on the basis of lack of information pertaining to the existing plant buildings,
systems, facilities, utilities, etc.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility to field investigate and verity all tie-in utilities, equipment
data, drawings dimensions, coordinates, etc., pertinent to the scope of his Work prior to beginning the
Work.
The following listed drawings are drawings for reference to show existing equipment and structures in the
area of equipment furnished under this agreement.
Drawing No. or
Other
Designation
Rev.
No.
CL06- 051-G1163
6
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT-BOILER AREA
PLATFORM EL 277'-6"
CL06- 051-G1164
3
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT-BOILER AREA
PLATFORM EL 284'-0"
CL06- 213S6114A
2
GENERATION BUILDING-STEEL FRAMING
BLR AREA NE-EL 277'-3",277'-6"&280'-6"
CL06- 213S6114B
2
GENERATION BUILDING-STEEL FRAMING
BLR AREA NW-EL 277'-3",277'-6"&280'-6"
CL06- 213S6115A
2
GENERATION BUILDING-STEEL FRAMING
BOILER AREA NE-PLATF EL 284'-0"&286'-0"
CL06- 213S6115B
1
GENERATION BUILDING-STEEL FRAMING
BOILER AREA NW-PLATF EL 284'-0"&286'-0"
PR # 10479705
Title
F-3 - Page 5 of 82
Document1
Drawing No. or
Other
Designation
Rev.
No.
CL06- 213-S6164
1
GENERATION BUILDING-STEEL FRAMING
BOILER AREA-EL COL ROWS X&ZA
00305-1E0409
2
SOOT BLOWER RETRACTS, EAST SIDE (SBE) ARRGT.
SHEET 3 OF 5
00305-1E0416
1
SOOT BLOWER RETRACTS, WEST SIDE (SBW) ARRGT.
SHEET 5 OF 5
00305-1E0002
7
GEN. ARRG'T.-SECTIONAL SIDE ELEVATION "02-02"
00305-1E3107
2
P.P.A.-PLAN VIEW "B-B" (FURN ROOF TUBES)
00305-1E0365
2
SOOT BLOWER PIPING-LEAD
CL06-201-M2581N
08
P&ID SYMBOLS & LEGEND
00305-1D3782
00
SOOT BLOWER SUPPORTS, SMALL BORE
Title
01100.4 System Requirements
The equipment, materials, and services provided under these specifications shall provide a complete and
fully functional soot blowing extension system of the four (4) new IK type sootblowers for CPS Energy JK
Spruce Generating Station Unit 2.
The Contractor shall be required to Work closely with the Owner to coordinate scheduling of the portions
of the Work to be completed, as well as determining provisions that must be included to assure that the
newly-installed portions and the existing portions function together to provide a properly operating
system. Prior to Contract Award, the Owner will determine, to the best extent possible, the timing and
duration of scheduled outages, and the Contractor and Owner shall determine the phasing of the Work.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 6 of 82
Document1
01400 - Technical Supplemental Specifications
This section contains technical supplemental specifications that provide additional requirements
applicable to the Work covered under the technical sections which follow this Section 01400.
01400.1 Technical Supplemental Specifications
The technical supplemental specifications follow.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 7 of 82
Document1
60.0100 – Contractor Supplied Equipment and Material Requirements
(Source: CA-MAR04025, Revision 1 - Revised by Project 188509: 27Jul2015)
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.1
GENERAL. These Contractor Supplied Equipment and Material Requirements apply in general to
all equipment and materials and are supplementary to the detailed equipment and material
requirements included in Technical Requirements. If requirements stated herein are in conflict with
the detailed equipment and material requirements, the detailed requirements shall govern to the
extent of such conflict.
Equipment and materials furnished by the Contractor shall fully comply with the requirements
included herein. It is recognized that the equipment and material manufacturers and suppliers
utilized by the Contractor may have standardized on the use of certain components, materials,
processes, or procedures different than those included herein. Substitution on the basis of
supplying the manufacturer's or supplier's standard components, materials, processes or
procedures will be considered by the Owner. Substitution shall be in accordance with the
procedures included herein.
REFERENCED STANDARDS. Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization,
or association, or to the laws, ordinances, or codes of governmental authorities shall mean the
latest standard, code, or specification adopted, published, and effective at the date of the contract
agreement unless specifically stated otherwise herein.
The specifications, codes, and standards referenced in these Contract Documents (including
addenda, amendments, and errata) shall govern in all cases where references thereto are made.
In case of conflict between the referenced specifications, codes, or standards and these Contract
Documents, the latter shall govern to the extent of such difference.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. Unless specifically provided otherwise in each case, all materials
and equipment furnished for permanent installation in the Work shall conform to applicable
standard specifications and shall be new, unused, and undamaged.
Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so that repair parts, furnished
at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable.
All materials and equipment shall be the latest or proven design and the first quality standard
product of manufacturers or fabricators regularly engaged in the production of such materials and
equipment.
When two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, it is required by the Owner
that they be the products of a single manufacturer.
ARRANGEMENT. Orientation of equipment shall be as required to minimize objectionable noise,
and to provide the most suitable access for maintenance and operations.
Arrangement of equipment accessories and appurtenances shall be coordinated with facilities as
required to provide an optimum layout and economical space use, and shall be subject to approval
by the Owner.
NOT USED.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION. Throughout the Contract Documents equipment and material
requirements are defined by the Project unit, reference standards, manufacturers, trade names,
catalog numbers, and other like definitions. Substitution for these products may be made in
accordance with the following articles.
Contractor's Substitution Options. The Contractor has the following options regarding substitutions
of products for the Project Work. Substitution may be made following written request to the Owner
and written approval of the substitution by the Owner.
For products which are not identical to those installed in the Project unit 2,
substitution shall be made with Owner approval.
For products defined only by reference standard, any product meeting the
reference standard, and all other requirements of the Contract Documents, may
be substituted with Owner approval.
Where one or more specific products are named in the Contract Documents,
and the option of selecting an equivalent product is indicated by stating "or
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 8 of 82
Document1
6.2
equal," "or approved equal," or "acceptable equal," or "unless otherwise
approved by the Owner", substitution may be made with Owner's approval.
Requests For Substitution. The contents of Contractor's requests for substitution of products
and/or materials shall contain the following information.
Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract
Documents.
Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
Manufacturer's literature giving:
Detailed description including drawings and pictures.
The specific model, size, catalog number, or type clearly identified.
Reference standards
Performance and test data
Dimensions, weight, finish, material, etc.
A description of installation requirements impacting construction procedures or
schedules.
Delivery schedule
6.3
7.0
8.0
8.3
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
Owner Response. The Owner will formally respond to the Contractor's request for substitution
within 15 working days following receipt of such request. The Owner's response will indicate one of
the following.
The proposed substitution is acceptable.
The proposed substitution is rejected.
Additional information is required to enable Owner to fairly evaluate proposed
substitution.
FACTORY TESTS AND REPORTS. All manufacturer's standard factory tests plus those tests
required by the applicable codes, standards, and as required by these Contract Documents shall be
performed. The Contractor shall submit reports to the Owner certifying the results of all factory
tests. The Contractor shall notify the Owner 10 working days prior to factory tests so that the
Owner may have a representative witness the tests, if desired.
SHIPMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. 8.1
Protection. The Contractor shall provide
protection for equipment and materials in the period between completion of manufacture and
placing into service
Shipment. Shipment of equipment and materials shall be in accordance with the following
requirements.
No shipment directed to the project site shall be made prior to Contractor
having a representative located at the project site for receiving and handling
equipment or materials delivered.
No shipment directed to the project site shall be made until Contractor has
ascertained and agreed with the Owner that site conditions and facilities are
adequate for receipt of equipment or materials.
Shipment shall be suitably anchored to avoid damage from severe movements
resulting from bumping, sudden turns, etc.
All shipments shall be addressed to, delivered to, and received by the
Contractor's Material Receiving Coordinator via the designated construction
access entrance and roads. Contractor's representative shall be on-site and
inspect all deliveries upon arrival and during unloading. Material receipt reports
shall be submitted daily to the Owner for information.
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
CORRECTION OF ERRORS. Equipment and materials shall be complete in all respects within the
limits herein outlined. All errors or omissions required to be corrected in the field shall be done by
the manufacturer or his duly authorized representative at the Contractor's expense.
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 9 of 82
Document1
14.0 WELDING. All welding of equipment and materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of
the Welding Supplemental Sections of these Contract Documents. The appropriate welding
requirements section for the specific equipment or materials to be furnished shall be furnished to
the manufacturer or fabricator by the Contractor prior to commencement of any welding activities.
Each manufacturer or fabricator shall submit welding procedures, testing, and inspection data to the
Owner for review and record when requested.
If the manufacturer has special requirements relating to welding procedures for welds at the
terminals of the equipment the requirements shall be stated on the manufacturer's drawing of the
affected part.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 10 of 82
Document1
M200 Piping
(Source: 22Sep2014 - Revised by Project: 27Jul2015)
All piping and pipe supports shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. Materials and wall
thickness of piping and fittings will be selected based on design conditions established for the piping
system. The following minimum requirements shall apply:
Table 1 - General Pipe and Tubing Selection Criteria
Minimum Wall
Thickness
Material
Typical
Standard
Typical
Temperature
Range
Diameter
Less Than
or Equal to
2 Inches
Diameter
Greater
Than
2 Inches
Notes
Carbon steel
A53,
A106
-20º F to 800º F
Sch XS
Std wt
CrMo alloy
A335
801º F to 1,100º F
Sch XS
Std wt
--
SS tubing
A213
TP304 or
TP316
-20º F to 1,200º F
Refer to
Table 4
--
U not allowed, min
carbon 0.04 percent for
supercritical
services or for
flowing services
with temperatures
>1000º F,
Rockwell
hardness less
than B90 (B80 or
less preferred)
The following pipe sizes shall be used for carbon steel and low/intermediate alloy steel. Other sizes shall
not be used:
Table 2 - Carbon/Low Alloy Pipe
NPS
Service
Schedules
Connections
1 inch
All
XS, XXS
SW or flanged
2 inch
All
XS, 160, XXS
SW or flanged
2-1/2 inch and up
All
Std wt min
BW or flanged
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 11 of 82
Document1
Fittings, Flanges, and Valves
Fittings, flanges, and valves shall be in accordance with the requirements that follow:
Table 6 - Fittings and Flanges
System/Application
Limitations
Fittings 2-1/2 inches and
larger
Butt-weld type, in accordance with ASME B16.9
Fittings 2 inches and
smaller
Forged steel socket-welded type, in accordance with
ANSI B16.11
Flanges, 150 class
Raised face weld neck or slip-on type, in accordance
with B16.5
Flanges, 300 class and
higher
Raised face weld neck type only, in accordance with
B16.5
Crimp type joints
Victaulic PressFit system only
All welded fittings shall be of the same material as the pipe. Forged steel socket-welded and threaded
fittings shall have the minimum class rating described below:
Table 7 - Forged Steel Fittings Minimum Class Ratings
Pipe Wall Thickness
Threaded Fittings
Socket-Welded Fittings
Schedule 80 and less
3,000
3,000
Over Schedule 80 to
Schedule 160
3,000
6,000
Over Schedule 160 to
Schedule XXS
6,000
9,000
Over Schedule XXS
(minimum wall pipe)
Engineered fittings only
Engineered fittings only
Integrally reinforced branch fittings shall have the minimum class rating described below. All welded
fittings shall be of the same material as the header pipe. Fittings between dissimilar branch/header
materials shall be considered on a case-by-case basis:
Table 8 - Integrally Reinforced Branch Fittings Minimum Class Ratings
Pipe Wall Thickness
Threaded Fittings
Socket-Welded Fittings
Schedule 80 and less
3,000
3,000
Over Schedule 80 to
Schedule 160
6,000
6,000
Over Schedule 160 to
Schedule XXS
9,000*
9,000
Over Schedule XXS
(minimum wall pipe)
Engineered fittings only
Engineered fittings only
*Fitting supplier must verify that the class is suitable for the application.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 12 of 82
Document1
Joints shall be provided as required to facilitate assembly or disassembly of equipment. Pipe unions shall
not be used.
Pipe ends for socket-welded connections shall be reamed to full inside diameter to remove all burrs and
obstructions. Fittings shall be used for all changes in direction.
Butt-weld end preparations shall be in accordance with Technical Supplemental Q210, Welding of Power
Piping.
Gaskets
Gaskets shall be as follows:
Table 9 - Gaskets
Joint
Gasket
Limitations
Class 150 SW flanges
and RF SO flanges
1/16 inch compressed fiber
type, nonasbestos
Class 150 systems or lower
within temperature limits of
gasket material
FF, nonmetallic, and
cast iron flanges
1/8 inch red rubber type
(EPDM for hot service)
With backing rings as
needed. Up to 150° F only;
above 150° F to 215° F, use
EPDM.
RF flanges (except as
above)
Spiral wound type,
nonasbestos
--
Studs, Nuts, and Bolts
The minimum standard for flange studs, nuts, and bolts shall be as described in Table 10.
Stainless steel bolting is not recommended.
Table 10 – Studs, Nuts, Bolts
Application
Studs, Nuts, Bolts
Alloy bolting for pipe design
temperature
greater than or equal to 800° F,
Class 150
flanges or higher (except SO
flanges),
including SS
Alloy bolting for pipe design
temperature
less than 800° F including SS
A193/A193M Grade B16 studs,
electroplated cadmium;
A194/A194M Grade 3 nuts,
electroplated cadmium
Carbon steel bolting for slip‐on
flanges, cast
iron flanges, non‐metallic flanges,
and
flanges less than Class 150
PR # 10479705
A193/A193M Grade B7 studs,
electroplated cadmium;
A194/A194M Grade 2H nuts,
electroplated cadmium
A307 Grade B bolts or studs,
mechanically deposited zinc coated
A563 Grade A heavy hex nuts,
mechanically deposited zinc coated
F-3 - Page 13 of 82
Document1
Q210 Welding of Power Piping
(Source: 30May2014 - Revised by Project: N/A)
Q210.1 General
This Technical Supplemental Specification provides requirements for welding of ASME B31.1 Power
Piping nonboiler external piping and boiler external piping components, and shall be used in conjunction
with Volume II, Section H of the Welding Technical Supplemental Specifications.
ASME B31.1 or ASME Section I code cases shall only be permitted for use as specifically approved by
Owner.
Note: ASME B31.1 Code Case 183 (use of seamless [9Cr-2W]) is approved, as applicable.
Q210.2 Welding Processes
Permitted welding processes shall be as specified in Volume II, Section H and shall include the
restrictions and limitations applicable to those processes as specified herein.
Q210.2.1 Welding Process Restrictions and Limitations
When the Weld Code Definitions of Table Q210-1 for piping systems are not defined by the project
pipeline list or other project document, the root pass installation on single welded complete penetration
joints shall be deposited using the Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) process, unless written approval
has been granted by Owner.
The Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) process shall not be used for welding P-5B (9Cr-1Mo-V), P-15E
(9Cr-1Mo-V), or (9Cr-2W) material.
The GMAW process utilizing the short-circuiting transfer mode shall not be used in any application,
except for carbon steel piping complete penetration butt joint root pass welding, only when permitted by
Table Q210-1. The GMAW process utilizing the globular or short-circuiting transfer mode shall not be
used for branch connections, attachments, fillets, or socket welds.
The weld progression for manual or semiautomatic vertical position welds shall be uphill, except when the
GMAW short-circuiting transfer mode is permitted; then, the progression may be uphill or downhill for the
root pass only.
The Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) process shall only be used with shielding gas.
The FCAW process shall not be used for root pass applications in single welded, complete penetration
weld joints without backing or without backgouging and back welding.
The Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) process shall not be used for root pass applications in single
welded, complete penetration weld joints of low alloy steel, stainless steel, or nickel alloy steel materials
without backing or without backgouging and back welding.
Q210.3 Welding Procedure Qualification
Welding procedures shall be prepared and qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX.
Q210.4 Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification
Welders and welding operators shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX.
Q210.5 Fabrication Control
Fabrication, assembly, and erection shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1 and design documents.
Q210.5.1 Backing Rings and Retainers
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 14 of 82
Document1
Backing rings for nonboiler external piping shall be used only where specifically permitted by this
specification or design documents. When used, backing rings shall only be the split band type with pins.
Backing rings that become a permanent part of the weld shall be made from material of weldable quality,
compatible with the base material, and the sulfur content shall not exceed 0.05 percent.
Backing rings shall not be used in boiler external piping systems.
Nonmetallic retainers or nonfusing metal retainers shall not be used unless specified in the Welding
Procedure Specification (WPS). When used, they shall be removed.
Q210.5.2 Preheat and Postweld Heat Treatment
Preheat and postweld heat treatment (PWHT) shall be in accordance with the WPS, ASME B31.1, and
design documents.
Stainless steel flow nozzles inside carbon steel or low alloy steel pipe shall not be postweld heat treated.
An acceptable alternative is to butter each pipe member by applying weld metal (buttering) to a minimum
thickness of 3/16 inch (5 mm) (after machining), heat treat each pipe member, then weld the two pipe
members together with flow nozzle installed. (Refer to ASME Section IX, Article QW-283 Welds with
Buttering.)
Q210.5.2.1 Interruption of Welding. The conditions for interruption of welding specified in ASME
B31.1, Paragraph 131.6, shall be provided in the WPS or other Work control document to ensure that the
minimum preheat temperature is maintained as required.
Q210.5.3 Safe End Pipe Connections
Equipment connections such as turbine connections, fabricated from unassigned material specifications,
i.e., non-ASME/ASTM materials or materials not permitted by ASME B31.1, shall have a safe end
attached by the Contractor on each equipment connection to Owner's piping. The safe end shall
comprise a pipe stub of the same ASME/ASTM material specification as the adjoining Owner's piping,
including mechanical and chemical properties, dimensional size, and end preparation. Material
certifications shall be supplied for all safe end pipe stubs. The minimum safe end stub length shall be as
follows:
12 inches (300 mm) for material 6 inches (150 mm) inside diameter or less.
16 inches (400 mm) for material 6 inches (150 mm) through 14 inches (350 mm) inside
diameter.
24 inches (600 mm) for material over 14 inches (350 mm) inside diameter.
If the use of safe ends is not feasible, and if acceptable to Owner, then the Contractor shall furnish weld
test coupons for Owner's welding procedure qualifications in lieu of safe ends in accordance with the
following requirements:
Material certifications shall be supplied with all material used for weld test coupons.
The weld test coupon material shall be of the same material, chemical composition, and
mechanical properties, type, and/or grade as the equipment connection, such as the
valve or nozzle that it represents.
The material quantity shall be sufficient to complete the required test for the welding
procedure qualification prescribed by the governing ASME code and/or standard. As a
minimum, the weld test coupon material product form shall be of adequate size and
thickness to permit removal of the required test specimens and to qualify the joint
thickness required for the production weld.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 15 of 82
Document1
The weld test coupon material shall be delivered in adequate time to support the welding
procedure qualification and production schedules as defined by Owner.
Q210.5.4 Weld End Preparation
Preparation of butt welding ends of piping components for shop welds shall be in accordance with the
fabricator's standard end preparation details and WPS. Preparation of pipe butt welding ends for field
welds shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25 and Table Q210-1.
The difference between major and minor diameters for a distance of 3 inches (75 mm) from the ends of
the pipe shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3 mm) or 1 percent of the nominal diameter, whichever is less.
To ensure satisfactory fit-up for circumferential butt welds in piping systems fabricated of rolled and
welded plate, the following procedures shall be followed:
Concentricity. If weld metal is used to obtain concentricity, the weld deposit shall be free
from porosity or other defects, and the inside surface shall be ground smooth and
blended smoothly into the pipe wall.
Nondestructive Examination (NDE). Additional NDEs specified herein shall be evaluated
in accordance with ASME B31.1, Power Piping Code, Paragraph 136.4, as applicable.
Radiographic or Ultrasonic Examination. Upon completion of the weld buildup and
finishing procedures, the area shall be radiographed or ultrasonically examined (in
accordance with ASME B31.1, Paragraph 136.4.5 or 136.4.6, as applicable) prior to shop
welding to other sections or prior to shipment. The radiographs or ultrasonic records, as
applicable, shall be submitted to Owner to permit complete analysis of the joint after field
radiography or ultrasonic examination.
Pipe ends for socket-weld connections shall be reamed to full inside diameter to remove all burrs and
obstructions and to ensure proper assembly in accordance with ASME B31.1, Paragraph 127.3(E).
When weld joint details are specified by design documents, they shall be prepared in accordance with
design documents.
Q210.5.5 Stamping of Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Pipe
Information may be stamped directly on carbon or low alloy piping with "low stress" die stamps such as
interrupted dot or round nose types.
Carbon steel stamps shall not be used on stainless steel or nickel base alloy materials.
Stamping shall not damage material or reduce the wall thickness to less than design requirements.
Q210.6 Nondestructive Examination (NDE)
NDE of welds shall be performed in accordance with ASME B31.1, Table 136.4.
Q210.6.1 Supplemental NDE for Cold Reheat System Piping
When the cold reheat system design conditions (pressure and temperature) of ASME B31.1, Table 136.4,
do not require NDE other than visual examination (VT), the following supplemental NDE is required:
All circumferential piping butt joint welds in piping directly from the steam generator(s) to
the steam turbine connection(s) shall be 100 percent examined by radiographic testing
(RT) or ultrasonic examination (testing) (UT) and shall meet the acceptance standards of
ASME B31.1.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 16 of 82
Document1
All piping branch connection joint welds that are over 4 inch (100 mm) nominal pipe size
connecting to piping directly from the steam generator(s) to the steam turbine
connection(s) shall be 100 percent magnetic particle (MT) or liquid penetrant (PT)
examined and shall meet the MT or PT acceptance standards of ASME B31.1.
Q210.6.2 Time of NDE Examination
In lieu of the ASME B31.1 paragraph 136.4.1 requirement that final nondestructive examination for PNumbers 3, 4, 5A, 5B, 15E, and unassigned material 9Cr-2W (Grade 92) be performed after PWHT, the
Contractor/Subcontractor may perform the final NDE prior to PWHT with the following exceptions:
When the final RT or UT examination of welds is performed prior to PWHT for PNumbers 15E (9Cr-1Mo-V) (Grade 91) and unassigned material 9Cr-2W (Grade 92), the
applicable welds shall also require a final MT or PT surface examination after completion
of PWHT.
Final VT examination of P-Numbers 3, 4, 5A, and 5B welds shall be performed after
PWHT.
Q210.6.3 Ultrasonic Examination
UT may be used in lieu of RT when a volumetric examination is required by ASME B31.1, Table 136.4, or
is required by design as defined herein, provided all of the following requirements are met:
Owner approval is granted.
The UT equipment used to perform the examination shall record the UT data to facilitate
the analysis of the data by a third party and to ensure repeatability of subsequent
examinations if requested or required by Owner. Where physical obstructions prevent
the use of systems capable of recording the UT data, manual UT may be used, provided
Owner approval is granted.
Prior to production weld UT examination, the Contractor shall perform a UT
demonstration examination using the same type of equipment as required for the
production welds. The Contractor shall perform the demonstration examination using UT
examination-qualified and certified individuals, procedures, and equipment to collect and
analyze the UT data. The demonstration examination shall be performed on the same
type of welds as required for the production welds using approved test blocks. The
demonstration examination shall be witnessed by Owner, unless waived in writing by
Owner. It is the Contractor's responsibility to schedule the performance demonstration
examination in sufficient time to avoid any impact on design documents or production
weld schedules.
The Contractor shall provide Owner all required UT equipment clearance dimensions to
ensure that the welds can be properly identified for UT examination and that the UT
examination can be performed with acceptable results.
The Contractor's qualified and certified UT Level III technician shall approve all UT
examination reports.
Q210.6.4 NDE of Temporary Attachment Removal Areas
Surface NDE of pressure boundary component temporary attachment weld removal areas outside the
weld bevel area shall be performed as follows:
VT and MT or PT are required for temporary attachment removal areas on piping
systems that are grouped in the piping design conditions of ASME B31.1, Table 136.4 for
"Temperatures Over 750°F (400°C) and at All Pressures." However, temporary
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 17 of 82
Document1
attachment welds made by low energy capacitor discharge welding of thermocouple wire
only require a VT of the temporary attachment removal area. VT is required for
temporary attachment removal areas on all other piping systems, as specified in ASME
B31.1, Table 136.4.
Table Q210-1 - Weld Code Definitions
Weld
Code
General System
Parameters
W-1
Any systems that are
designated as high energy
or any systems that require
a high cleanliness level at
the completion of welding
(without cleaning) or any
alloy or stainless steel
materials
Root Pass
Weld
Process
Backing
Rings
Permitted
GTAW
(Note 1)
No
Wall Thickness
Nominal
(schedule)
Over 7/8 inch
(22 mm)
Figure 3, Detail C
5/8 inch (16 mm) to
7/8 inch (22 mm)
Figure 2, Detail C
Under 5/8 inch
(16 mm)
Valves
Figure 2, Detail B
Pipe and fittings
Figure 2, Detail A
Special
(minimum
wall)
W-2
W-3
Carbon steel piping in any
moderate or low energy
system that requires high
cleanliness, for which the
high cleanliness can be
achieved during cleaning
of system
Low energy carbon steel
systems classified as low
cleanliness, for which
backing rings are not
permitted
ASME B16.25
Detail
Wall Type
GTAW or
SMAW
(Note 2)
No
Nominal
Figure 2, Detail C
or Figure 3,
Detail C
Over 7/8 inch
(22 mm)
Figure 3, Detail C
5/8 inch (16 mm) to
7/8 inch (22 mm)
Figure 2, Detail C
Under 5/8 inch
(16 mm)
Contractor's
option (refer to
Welding
Specifications)
No
Nominal
Valves
Figure 2, Detail B
Pipe and fittings
Figure 2, Detail A
Over 7/8 inch
(22 mm)
Figure 3, Detail C
5/8 inch (16 mm) to
7/8 inch (22 mm)
Figure 2, Detail C
Under 5/8 inch
(16 mm)
W-4
Moderate or low energy
carbon steel systems with
low cleanliness, for which
backing rings are
acceptable
Contractor's
option (refer to
Welding
Specifications)
Contractor
's option
Nominal
Valves
Figure 2, Detail B
Pipe and fittings
Figure 2, Detail A
Over 7/8 inch
(22 mm)
Figure 3, Detail C
5/8 inch (16 mm) to
7/8 inch (22 mm)
Figure 2, Detail C
Under 5/8 inch
(16 mm)
W-5
Large diameter (26 inch
[650 mm] and larger)
carbon steel, low energy,
low cleanliness
PR # 10479705
Contractor's
option (refer to
Welding
Specifications)
No
All types
F-3 - Page 18 of 82
Valves
Figure 2, Detail B
Pipe and fittings
Figure 2, Detail A
All thicknesses
Drawing 81113DM-0104
Document1
Table Q210-1 - Weld Code Definitions
Weld
Code
General System
Parameters
Root Pass
Weld
Process
Backing
Rings
Permitted
Wall Type
Wall Thickness
ASME B16.25
Detail
Notes:
1. GTAW is gas tungsten arc welding.
2. SMAW is shielded metal arc welding.
Q280 Welding of Pipe Supports
(Source: 15Sep11 - Revised by Project: N/A)
Q280.1 General
This Technical Supplemental Specification provides requirements for welding American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) B31.1 and ASME B31.3 pipe supports, including shop and field
fabrication. This Technical Supplemental Specification shall be used in conjunction with Section C of the
Welding Technical Supplemental Specifications.
The ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.3 standard pipe hangers and supports shall be fabricated in
accordance with the requirements of Manufacturers Standardization Society of Valve and Fitting Industry
(MSS) SP-58 and as specified herein.
The ASME B31.1 special hangers, supports, anchors, and guides that are not defined as standard types
of hanger components in MSS SP-58 and are not attached to the pressure boundary shall be welded in
accordance with ASME B31.1, Paragraph 127, and as specified herein.
The ASME B31.3 special hangers, supports, anchors, and guides that are not defined as standard types
of hanger components in MSS SP-58 and are not attached to the pressure boundary shall be welded in
accordance with ASME B31.3, Paragraph 328, or American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 and as
specified herein.
Welds that attach hangers, supports, guides, anchors, or other attachments to the piping system pressure
boundary shall conform to the requirements of the ASME B31.1 or ASME B31.3 piping system governing
code section and as specified in other Welding Technical Supplemental Specifications, as applicable.
Welded attachments to the piping system pressure boundary are not applicable to this Technical
Supplemental Specification.
Q280.1.1 Boundaries of Jurisdiction for Pipe Supports
For the purpose of defining the jurisdictional boundary between a pipe support and the building structure,
structural members shown on civil/structural drawings of the power plant or other structure and
considered in the building structural analysis may be designated a building structure even though it is
located in the support load path. However, structural members detailed on pipe support drawings that are
installed and used for the primary purpose of supporting piping are considered pipe supports, including
the attachment (welded or not welded) to the surface of the building structure or other miscellaneous
structural steel.
Unless otherwise specified by a design document, the boundaries of jurisdiction for pipe support welds
that are not attached to the pressure boundary shall be defined as follows:
ASME B31.1 pipe supports not attached to the piping system pressure boundary shall be
fabricated in accordance with the applicable pipe support drawing. All welding shall be in
accordance with ASME Section IX welding procedures, including welds that may attach
to the building structure or other miscellaneous structural steel.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 19 of 82
Document1
ASME B31.3 pipe supports not attached to the piping system pressure boundary shall be
fabricated in accordance with the applicable pipe support drawing. All welding shall be in
accordance with ASME Section IX or AWS D1.1 welding procedures, including welds that
may attach to the building structure or other miscellaneous structural steel.
Q280.2 Welding Processes
Permitted welding processes shall be as specified in Section C and shall include the restrictions and
limitations applicable to those processes as specified herein.
Q280.2.1 Welding Process Restrictions and Limitations
The Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) process shall not be used for welding P-5B (9 Cr-1 Mo-V) material.
The GMAW process utilizing the short-circuiting transfer mode shall not be used in any application.
The weld progression for manual or semiautomatic vertical position welds shall be uphill.
The Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) process shall only be used with shielding gas.
The FCAW process shall not be used for root pass applications in single-welded complete penetration
weld joints without backing or without backgouging and backwelding.
The Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) process shall not be used for root pass applications in singlewelded complete penetration weld joints of low alloy steel, stainless steel, or nickel alloy steel materials
without backing or without backgouging and backwelding. The SMAW process using filler Metal E6010 or
E7010-A1 may be used for root pass installation only in single-welded joints of carbon steel materials
when the root pass is subsequently removed by backgouging and backwelded.
Q280.3 Welding Procedure Qualification
For ASME B31.1 pipe supports that are not attached to the piping system pressure boundary or ASME
B31.1 standard pipe hanger and supports that are fabricated in accordance with MSS SP-58, welding
procedures shall be prepared and qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX.
For ASME B31.3 pipe supports that are not attached to the piping system pressure boundary or ASME
B31.3 standard pipe hanger and supports that are fabricated in accordance with MSS SP-58, welding
procedures shall be prepared and qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or may be qualified or
prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.1.
Q280.4 Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification
For ASME B31.1 pipe supports that are not attached to the piping system pressure boundary or ASME
B31.1 standard pipe hanger and supports that are fabricated in accordance with MSS SP-58, welders and
welding operators shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX.
For ASME B31.3 pipe supports that are not attached to the piping system pressure boundary or ASME
B31.3 standard pipe hanger and supports that are fabricated in accordance with MSS SP-58, welders and
welding operators shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX or AWS D1.1.
Q280.5 Fabrication Control
Fabrication, assembly, and installation shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3, AWS
D1.1, MSS SP-58, and the design documents as applicable.
The following materials shall not be welded unless otherwise indicated by the design documents:
Bolting materials, nuts, and washers.
Any carbon or alloy steels containing more than 0.35 percent carbon.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 20 of 82
Document1
Base metal for mislocated holes shall not be restored by welding.
Welding across the flanges of Owner's structural steel members (welds that are transverse to the beam or
column center line) shall not be an acceptable practice, and Contractor shall design all welded interfaces
to Owner's steel structure to specifically avoid this condition. Contractor's design of such interfaces shall
achieve full required design strength and stability by means other than welds applied across flanges.
The parts to be joined by fillet welds shall be brought into as close contact as practicable. The root
opening shall not exceed 3/16 inch (5 mm). If the separation is greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), the legs
of the fillet weld shall be increased by the amount of the root opening. For example, if the specified fillet
weld size is 3/16 inch, but the root opening is 3/16 inch, the required weld size must be increased to
3/8 inch (10 mm) to be acceptable.
Bolt holes shall not be established by thermal means. Thermal cutting or gouging may be used for other
applications. When thermal cutting or gouging methods are used, the final sizing shall be by mechanical
means to remove all heat affected material.
Base metal irregularities requiring repair by welding shall be repaired in accordance with the material
specification or American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A6, as applicable.
Q280.5.1 Backing Strips and Retainers
Backing strips may be used, provided they are removed. Backing strips shall be made from material of
weldable quality and shall be compatible with the base material.
Nonmetallic retainers or nonfusing metal retainers shall not be used unless specified in the Welding
Procedure Specification (WPS). When used, they shall be removed.
Q280.5.2 Preheat and Postweld Heat Treatment
For ASME Section IX WPS welding, preheat shall be performed in accordance with the WPS applicable
to the materials listed and the design documents. Pipe support welds that attach to the building structure
or other miscellaneous structural steel may require an elevated preheat due to the material thickness of
the steel and material type. The thickness used to determine preheat requirements shall be the thickness
of the thickest part at the point of welding. The minimum preheat temperature shall be specified in the
WPS. As a minimum, the preheat temperature of the attachment weld to the building structure or other
miscellaneous structural steel shall be 200° F (95° C) for a thickness more than 1 inch (25 mm). When
welding two different P-number or S-number materials, the minimum preheat temperature shall be the
higher for the material to be welded. Postweld heat treatment is not required except as required by the
WPS being used.
For AWS D1.1 WPS welding, preheat shall be performed in accordance with the WPS applicable to the
materials listed and the design documents. Pipe support welds that attach to the building structure or
other miscellaneous structural steel may require an elevated preheat due to the material thickness of the
steel and material type. The thickness used to determine preheat requirements shall be the thickness of
the thickest part at the point of welding. The minimum preheat temperature shall be specified in the
WPS. As a minimum, the preheat temperature of the attachment weld to the building structure or other
miscellaneous structural steel shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1, Table 3.2. When welding two
different material categories as specified in AWS D1.1, Table 3.2, the minimum preheat temperature shall
be the higher for the material to be welded. Postweld heat treatment is not required except as required
by the WPS being used.
For welding ASME B31.1 or ASME B31.3 standard pipe hangers and supports fabricated in accordance
with MSS SP-58, the minimum preheat temperature and required postweld heat treatment shall be in
accordance with MSS SP-58, Tables 4 and A4, as applicable. The preheat requirements of MSS SP-58
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 21 of 82
Document1
for standard pipe hangers and supports take precedence over the preheat requirements of AWS D1.1,
Table 3.2.
Q300 General Coating Requirements
(Source: 24Jun2015 - Revised by Project: 27Jul2015)
Section Q300 shall be used in conjunction with the other Coating Technical Supplemental Specification
sections including Q302, Q303, Q305, Q310, and Q320. All color selections shall be reviewed and
approved by Owner prior to commencing Work.
The following table shall be used when specifying coating and lining systems where their use is indicated
on the drawings or specified in the Technical Specifications. Refer to the Engineer's Attachments for the
Coating System Data Sheets.
Coatings for structural steel, pipe supports, and similar items shall be equivalent to the existing coatings.
Touch-up coatings for equipment shall be equivalent to the coatings applied by the manufacturers.
Coating for pipe supports shall be in accordance with Coating System 1112.
Structural steel to be hot-dipped galvanized with field touchup per Coating System Data Sheet 1301.
Guardrail/Grating/Ladder/Cages to be hot-dipped galvanized with field touchup per Coating System Data
Sheet 1301.
Coating System Data Sheets
Drawing Number
Title/Description
81113-DM-0667
Coating System Data Sheet - System 1112 - Polyamide Epoxy
(EPX)/Acrylic Waterborne (ACW)
81113-DM-0641
Coating System Data Sheet - System 1301 - Epoxy Zinc (EPZ)
Q302 Owner Specified Shop Coating
(Source: 14May2013 - Revised by Project: N/A)
Shop coating systems for ferrous metal surfaces of equipment shall be as specified on the Coating
System Data Sheets in Technical Supplemental Q300 or listed in the Technical Specifications. Where
specific products are not listed, the coating materials shall meet the criteria indicated. Information
ensuring conformance with the specified criteria shall be submitted to Owner.
Paint materials shall conform with and shall be applied in accordance with the regulations of the air
quality management agency having jurisdiction. Paint materials that cannot be guaranteed by the
manufacturer to so conform, whether or not specified by product designation, shall not be used. Alternate
materials that do conform shall be proposed. Information on the alternate materials shall be submitted to
Owner for acceptance prior to application. Materials shall contain no greater than 0.06 percent lead or
chromium in the dried film.
Surfaces shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in accordance with the Coating System Data Sheets
and application specifications. Surfaces to be painted shall be prepared, as necessary, to provide a
smooth, uniform base for painting.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 22 of 82
Document1
Coating films that show defects such as sags, checks, blisters, teardrops, fat edges, chips, gouges, and
scratches will not be accepted. Any coated surface that contains any of the previously mentioned defects
shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practice or, if necessary,
completely removed from the surface or unit involved and recoated.
Contractor shall furnish sufficient touchup paint for repairing 10 percent of the area on all factory painted
surfaces of each item of electrical equipment. The touchup paint shall be of the same type and color as
the factory applied paint and shall be carefully packed to avoid damage during shipment. Complete
painting instructions shall be furnished.
Coatings shall not be applied when the surface temperature is within 5° F (3° C) of the dew point. No
paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 inches (75 mm) of field welded connections.
Q302.1 Control and Electrical Equipment
Control and electrical equipment, including panels, cabinets, switchgear, motor control centers,
transformers, motors, and other similar equipment, shall be cleaned and prepared, and given a complete
finish coating system as specified on the Coating System Data Sheets. Control instruments and devices
and computer equipment shall be furnished with the manufacturers' standard paint.
Q302.2 Mechanical Equipment
Mechanical equipment, including pumps, compressors, valves, valve operators, dampers, damper drives,
mills, grinding apparatus, external piping surfaces, conveying machinery, and other similar equipment,
shall be cleaned, prepared, and primed as specified on the Coating System Data Sheets.
This requirement applies to equipment operating up to 200° F (93° C) and to equipment operating above
200° F (93° C) that will be insulated.
Q302.3 Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals
Structural steel and miscellaneous metals not specified to be galvanized, including all items fabricated of
structural and miscellaneous steel such as ducts, tanks, hangers, supports, and similar fabricated steel
assemblies, shall be cleaned, prepared, and primed as specified on the Coating System Data Sheets.
Q302.4 Hot Metal Surfaces
Hot metal surfaces include metal surfaces of electrical or mechanical equipment or structural steel and
miscellaneous metals as defined above that have an operating or service temperature above 200° F
(93° C). Hot metal surfaces shall be cleaned, prepared, and primed as specified on the Coating System
Data Sheets.
Q302.5 Codes and Standards
Work performed under this specification shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. The version that is latest adopted, published, and effective shall apply unless specifically
stated otherwise. In the following table, SSPC refers to the Society for Protective Coatings:
Application
Code/Standard
Shop, field, and maintenance painting
SSPC-PA1
Measurement of dry paint thickness
SSPC-PA2
Q302.6 Documentation
Shop drawings shall identify the shop-applied coating systems. Data to be provided shall include the
coating system manufacturer's name and product designation, the degree of surface preparation, dry film
thickness, finish color, and Safety Data Sheets (SDSs).
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 23 of 82
Document1
Coating dry film thicknesses shall be measured using a magnetic or electronic thickness detector in
accordance with SSPC-PA2. Additional coating shall be applied to all areas that show a deficiency in dry
film thickness. Final test results shall be submitted to Owner for verification.
Q310 Preservative Coatings
(Source: 14May2013 - Revised by Project: N/A)
Ferrous surfaces that should not be painted and are subject to corrosion shall be protected with
preservative coatings. All preservative coatings that are used to protect surfaces of equipment that are
exposed to the feedwater or steam shall be completely water soluble. Other surfaces shall be coated
with a rust-preventive compound.
Preservative coatings shall not be applied to stainless steel.
Machined surfaces of weld-end preparations shall be coated with consumable rust-preventive coating.
Q310.1 Materials
Preservative coating material and application shall be as follows. Other materials may be proposed
provided manufacturer's data are submitted to Owner for acceptance prior to application. Refer to the
Engineer's Attachments for the Coating System Data Sheets.
Service
Coating System
Water soluble preservative coating
1001 (SPC). Shop apply.
Oil soluble preservative coating
1002 (SPC). Shop apply.
Consumable (weldable) preservative coating
1003 (SPC). Shop apply.
Coating System Data Sheets
Drawing Number
Rev.
No.
81113-DM-0670
1
Coating System Data Sheets - System 1001 - Vapor Phase Corrosion
Inhibitor (SPC)
81113-DM-0671
1
Coating System Data Sheets - System 1002 - Oil Soluble Rust
Preventive (SPC)
81113-DM-0672
1
Coating System Data Sheets - System 1003 - Consumable Rust
Preventive (SPC)
Title/Description
Q320 Galvanizing
(Source: 25Nov13 - Revised by Project: N/A)
Structural steel members and steel assemblies shall be "pickled" after all cutting, punching, reaming,
drilling, tapping, and other fabrication processes which that damage galvanizing have been completed.
The pickling shall be done in accordance with the latest accepted practice and shall continue until all
scale, rust, grease, and other impurities have been completely removed. The steel shall then be hot-dip
galvanized.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 24 of 82
Document1
When either member to be bolted is galvanized and where required by the technical specifications,
erection and structural bolts shall be galvanized.
Q320.1 Codes and Standards
Work performed under this specification shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. The version that is latest adopted, published, and effective at the date of bid shall apply
unless specifically stated otherwise:
Work
In Accordance With
Hot-dip galvanizing
ASTM A123, ASTM A153, ASTM A792, or
ISO 1461, ASTM A385
Bolt galvanizing
ASTM B695
Q320.2 Lead and Chrome Limitations
Galvanizing metal shall contain less than 0.05 percent lead by weight and less than 0.05 percent chrome
by weight.
Q320.3 Reflectivity Limitations
Where required by the technical specifications, the surface of newly galvanized structural members shall
be dulled utilizing a zinc phosphating process. The zinc phosphate solution may be applied by either
spraying or immersion in tanks. Owner shall specify the maximum surface reflectivity prior to any Work
being performed.
Q400 General Equipment Requirements
(Source: 02Aug2012- Revised by Project: N/A)
Q400.1 Miscellaneous Materials and Services
Miscellaneous materials and services not otherwise specifically called for shall be furnished by the
Contractor in accordance with the following, as applicable:
All nuts, bolts, gaskets, special fasteners, backing rings, etc., between components and
equipment furnished under these specifications.
All piping integral to or between any equipment furnished under these specifications,
except as otherwise specified.
All necessary connections for the Owner's piping and instruments.
All necessary instrument, power, and control wiring and raceways integral to any
equipment furnished under these specifications. This shall include terminal blocks and
internal wiring to these terminal blocks for equipment requiring external connection.
Coupling guards for all exposed shafts and couplings.
Leveling blocks, soleplates, thrust blocks, matching blocks, and shims.
Field office furnishings, supplies, telephone service, and equipment for the
manufacturer's technical service representatives.
Erection drawings, prints, information, instructions, and other data for use by the Owner's
erection contractor.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 25 of 82
Document1
Detailed storage requirements and lubrication requirements (including frequencies) for
use by the Owner's erection contractor.
All special tools or lifting beams.
Lifting eyes and lugs for offloading and setting equipment.
The use of all special tools required for erection of the equipment, exclusive of the
maintenance tools furnished. Erection tools shall remain the property of the Contractor,
and all shipping costs to and from the jobsite shall be at the Contractor's expense.
Q400.2 Fabrication Restrictions
Unless specifically provided otherwise in each case, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent
installation in the Work shall conform to applicable standard specifications and shall be new, unused, and
undamaged.
Asbestos containing materials will not be allowed.
Flanges, fittings, and valves manufactured in the People's Republic of China shall meet following
requirements.
Manufacturer's quality system shall be in accordance with ISO 9001 and the
manufacturer shall hold a valid ISO 9001 certificate issued by the certified ISO 9000
certification organization.
Manufacturer shall hold a manufacturer's license issued by the China Special Equipment
Inspection & Research Center (CSEI) under General Administration of Quality
Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the People's Republic of China (AQSIQ) or an
acceptable equivalent in accordance with Owner's Engineer.
Products shall have markings as required by ASME B16.1, ASME B16.5, ASME B16.9,
ASME B16.10, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.25, or ASME B16.34 as applicable.
The final quality certificate and quality inspection documents shall bear the official stamp
of CSEI or AQSIQ or its branches.
Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so that repair parts furnished at any
time can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable.
Q400.3 Nameplates and Tags
Nameplates and tags shall be furnished and shop installed for all equipment with an Owner's identification
number based upon the guidelines provided herein. The Owner will annotate the Contractor's drawings
on initial submittals of technical drawings of the equipment. The information will include the nameplate
description, tag number, physical size, and lettering height. The type of nameplate will vary because of
size constraints, equipment location and/or orientation, or the environment in which the equipment is
located.
In general, nameplates shall be furnished for major equipment, including all operator interfaces, control
and electrical panels, cabinets, and instrument racks. The nameplates shall be beveled, laminated white
phenolic plastic engraving stock with black core or beveled, two-ply vinyl white with reverse engraved
black fill. These nameplates shall be 2 inches by 8 inches (50 mm by 200 mm) with three lines of text.
The top two lines of text shall be a brief description of the equipment. These lines of text shall be 3/8 inch
(10 mm) high. The bottom line of text shall be the Owner's identification number of the equipment. This
line of text shall be 3/16 inch (5 mm) high. Nameplates that are to be mounted on equipment to be
installed in nonair-conditioned areas shall be attached with stainless steel panhead screws, rivets, drive
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 26 of 82
Document1
screws, or epoxy glue. Nameplates that are to be mounted on equipment to be installed in heated and
air-conditioned areas shall be attached with high performance adhesive tape. Nameplates shall be 1/16
to 1/8 inch (2 mm to 4 mm) thick.
Stainless steel tags shall be furnished for field instrumentation, process valves, and other small devices
that a plant operator is not likely to have any direct interface with, as directed by the Owner. These
stainless steel tags shall be permanently attached to the equipment with stainless steel panhead screws,
rivets, drive screws, or, with the Owner's acceptance, stainless steel wire. The size of these tags shall be
a minimum of 1-1/4 inch by 2-1/2 inches (30 mm by 65 mm) 18 Ga thickness and include the Owner's
identification number. Lettering shall be electro/laser etched, stamped, or engraved on a polished plate,
with text at least 3/16 inch (5 mm) in height. Text shall be sized as large as possible within the size
constraints of the tag.
Separate nameplates are not required for pressure indicators. They may be provided instead with
nameplate information, as described above, permanently engraved on the faces. Face engraving text
size and layout shall be readable without magnification.
Q400.4 Factory Assembly
Equipment shall be shipped completely factory assembled, except when the physical size, arrangement
or configuration of the equipment, or shipping and handling limitations make the shipment of completely
assembled equipment impracticable, in which case the equipment shall be assembled and shipped as
stated in the Contractor's proposal. Any deviations after Purchase Order award could result in
Contractor's performance of some assembly at the site or backcharges to the Contractor for others
required to perform such assembly. When proposals are submitted without statements describing
sectional shipments, it will be understood that no field assembly of the equipment will be required and the
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs encountered in the field for assembly of sections,
accessories, or appurtenances not listed in the Proposal as requiring field assembly.
When indicated in the Schedule of Submittals, the Contractor shall submit a Shipping Plan confirming and
detailing the field assembly requirements as stated in the proposal.
All separately packaged accessory items and parts shall be shipped with the equipment. Containers for
separately packaged items shall be marked so that they are identified with the main equipment. An
itemized packing slip indicating what is in that container only shall be attached to the outside of each
container used for packaging. A similar list shall be inside each container. A master packing slip
covering all accessory items for a given piece of equipment which are shipped in separate containers
shall be attached to one container.
Q400.5 Tools
The Contractor shall furnish and ship with each piece of equipment one set of all special tools required for
dismantling, maintenance, and overhaul of the equipment. The tools shall be shipped in separate, heavily
constructed wooden boxes provided with hinged covers and padlock hasps.
Maintenance tools for each piece of equipment shall be boxed separately and the boxes shall be marked
with the name of the project and the name of the equipment.
The maintenance tools shall include all special handling rigs, bars, slings, and cable. All maintenance
tools shall be in new and unused condition and shall become the property of the Owner. The bidder's
proposal shall include the list of maintenance tools which shall be furnished with the equipment.
In addition to the tools for maintenance and dismantling, the Contractor shall furnish the use of all special
tools required for erection of the equipment. Erection tools shall remain the property of the Contractor
and all shipping costs to and from the jobsite shall be at the Contractor's expense. Erection tools for each
piece of equipment shall be boxed separately. Erection tools shall not be boxed with maintenance tools.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 27 of 82
Document1
09900 - Field Applied Protective Coatings
09900.1 General
Cleaning, surface preparation, and coating application shall be as specified herein and shall meet or
exceed the coating manufacturer's recommendations. When the manufacturer's minimum
recommendations exceed the specified requirements, the Contractor shall comply with the manufacturer's
minimum recommendations.
09900.1.1 Scope
This section covers field applied protective coatings, including surface preparation, protection of surfaces,
inspection, and other appurtenant Work for equipment and surfaces designated to be coated with heavyduty industrial coatings. Touch-up painting, where required, shall restore or complete any damaged,
inadequate, or masked surfaces to the full coating specified in the coating manufacturer's data sheet or
on the applicable Coating System Data Sheet.
The scope of coating to be provided includes touch-up painting of Owner-furnished equipment,
components, and field coating of pipe supports and Contractor-furnished supplementary steel
components.
09900.1.2 Not Used
09900.1.3 Coating Applications and Material Requirements
Coating materials and application requirements for touch-up painting for Owner furnished equipment will
be provided by the equipment supplier.
Coatings for pipe support components and structural steel, as well as touch-up coatings for existing steel
shall match the existing coating for similar components. The Owner will provide the coating information
for these items for Contractor's use.
Except as otherwise noted, the following areas and items shall not be coated:
Hardware.
Floor plates.
Grating.
Electrical conductors, insulated or uninsulated.
Electrical conduits, wireways, and junction boxes (except as otherwise specified).
Cable trays and supports.
Chromium plated metals.
Gauges.
09900.1.3.1 Delivery and Storage. All coating products shall be received and stored in accordance with
the coating manufacturer's recommendations.
09900.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 28 of 82
Document1
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications. In case of conflict, the latter shall govern to
the extent of such difference:
Work
In Accordance With
Mineral and Slag Abrasives
SSPC-AB 1
Newly Manufactured or Remanufactured
Steel Abrasives
SSPC-AB 3
Solvent cleaning
SSPC-SP 1
Hand tool cleaning
SSPC-SP 2
Power tool cleaning
SSPC-SP 3
White metal blast cleaning
SSPC-SP 5 / NACE No. 1
Near white blast cleaning
SSPC-SP 10 / NACE No. 2
Commercial blast cleaning
SSPC-SP 6 / NACE No. 3
Brush-off blast cleaning
SSPC-SP 7 / NACE No. 4
Power tool cleaning to bare metal
SSPC-SP 11
Surface Preparation and Cleaning of
Steel and Other Hard Materials by Highand Ultra-High Pressure Water Jetting
Prior to Recoating
SSPC-SP 12
Shop, field, and maintenance painting of
steel
SSPC-PA 1
A guide to safety in paint application
SSPC-PA Guide 3
Visual standard for abrasive blast
cleaned steel
SSPC-VIS 1
Visual standard for power and hand tool
cleaned surfaces
SSPC-VIS 3
09900.1.5 Not Used
09900.1.6 Approved Manufacturers of Components
Coating materials and application requirements for touch-up painting for Owner furnished equipment will
be provided by the equipment supplier.
Coatings for pipe support components and structural steel, as well as touch-up coatings for existing steel
shall match the existing coating for similar components. The Owner will provide the coating information
for these items for Contractor's use. Touch-up coating of galvanized surfaces shall be in accordance with
Coating System Data Sheet 1301.
09900.1.7 Test Requirements
The following testing shall be conducted in accordance with the specified source. This testing is to be
considered part of the defined Scope of Work, and all associated costs are the responsibility of the
Contractor unless specifically identified as a Bid Option or Owner-conducted. Tests identified as an
option are to be priced separately. If identified as Owner-conducted, costs for the initial test will be the
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 29 of 82
Document1
responsibility of the Owner. However, the Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with
correcting deficiencies and retesting in the event of a test failure:
Tests
In Accordance With
Conducted By
Indicating oil or water in compressed air
ASTM D4285
Contractor
Measurement of wet film thickness by
notch gauges
ASTM D4414
Contractor
Field measurement of surface profile of
blast cleaned steel
ASTM D4417
Contractor
Pull-off strength of coatings using
portable adhesion testers
ASTM D4541
Contractor
Discontinuity (Holiday) testing of
nonconductive protective coatings on
metallic substrates
ASTM D5162
Contractor
Measurement of dry paint thickness with
magnetic gauges
SSPC-PA 2
Contractor
09900.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
09900.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
09900.1.10 Submittals
A coating system submittal shall be provided in accordance with Supplemental Specification Section
00.01330 – Submittals in Section 01400 and shall include:
Product data sheets.
Material safety data sheets (MSDS).
Surface preparation requirements and application instructions for each coating system
furnished under this section.
Ventilation, dehumidification or heating requirements.
Details concerning explosion proof lighting.
Coating termination and / or transition details for use at pipe supports, welded seams and
other points of this nature.
Repair procedures for damaged areas and detected holidays.
Quality assurance / quality control plan.
Name of coating inspector and level of certification held.
A separate coating system submittal shall be developed and submitted for each variation or change in a
coating system or surface to be coated.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 30 of 82
Document1
Protective coating Work shall be undertaken by applicators, including supervisors and workers, qualified
by commercial experience installing the types of materials specified. To satisfy this experience
requirement, the applicator shall be certified to SSPC-QP 1 or equivalent and shall submit to the Owner a
Work history demonstrating a record of performance of such applications.
Approval of the Contractor submittals must be provided by the Owner prior to the commencement of
Work.
09900.1.11 Quality Assurance
09900.1.11.1 Certification. The Contractor shall review and approve in writing the coating
manufacturer's recommendations for the intended service. Any variations from these specifications or the
coating manufacturers published recommendations shall be submitted in writing and approved by the
Owner.
09900.1.11.2 Manufacturer's Services. The services provided by the coating manufacturer shall
include review of the project before surface preparation; certification, in writing, of the applicator and the
coating materials to be used.
09900.2 Products
09900.2.1 Materials
All coating materials shall be delivered to the job in original, unopened containers, with labels intact.
Coating materials shall be maintained during transportation, storage, mixing and application within the
temperature range required by the coating manufacturer. No adulterant, unauthorized thinner, or other
material not included in the coating formulation shall be added to the coating for any purpose.
All coatings shall conform to the air quality regulations applicable at the location of use. Coating materials
that cannot be guaranteed by the manufacturer to conform, whether or not specified by product
designation, shall not be used.
Coatings used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same manufacturer. The first field coat
over shop coated or previously coated surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage to
underlying coats.
09900.2.2 Approved Manufacturers
Except as otherwise acceptable to the Owner, touch-up coatings for Owner furnished equipment shall be
manufactured, formulated, and compounded by the same coating manufacturer that provided the coating
initially, and coatings for steel and similar components shall be as directed by the Owner.
09900.3 Execution
09900.3.1 Surface Preparation
Coating Work shall include the protection of surfaces not to be coated and surface preparation, furnishing
and applying materials, and other Work incidental to coating that is required to properly execute the Work.
All exposed surfaces of the equipment and pipe supports, per the defined Workscope, shall be coated as
directed on the coating manufacturer's data sheets or the attached Coating System Data Sheets. The
remainder of the plant equipment will be coated under separate specifications.
All surfaces to be coated shall be clean and dry and shall meet the recommendations of the coating
manufacturer for surface preparation. Oil and grease shall be completely removed by using techniques
described in SSPC-SP 1 before mechanical cleaning is started.
Surfaces shall be free of cracks, pits, projections, or other imperfections that would interfere with the
formation of a smooth, unbroken coating film.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 31 of 82
Document1
Freshly coated surfaces shall be protected from dust and other contaminants. The gloss on previously
coated surfaces shall be dulled if necessary for proper adhesion of topcoats.
When applying touchup coating or repairing previously coated surfaces, the surfaces to be coated shall
be cleaned as recommended by the coating manufacturer and the edges of the repaired area shall be
feathered by sanding or wire brushing to produce a smooth transition that will not be noticeable after the
coating is applied. All coatings made brittle or otherwise damaged by heat of welding shall be completely
removed.
The quality of compressed air shall be verified in accordance with ASTM D4285 prior to performing
abrasive blasting. The test will be carried out at the beginning of each shift and witnessed by the coating
inspector.
09900.3.1.1 Galvanized Surfaces. Galvanized surfaces shall be prepared for coating according to the
instructions of the coating manufacturer. Any chemical treatment of galvanized surfaces shall be followed
by thorough rinsing with clean water.
09900.3.1.2 Ferrous Metal Surfaces. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared for coating by using
one or more of the following cleaning procedures as specified: solvents (SSPC-SP1); hand tools
(SSPC-SP2); power tools (SSPC-SP3 or -SP11); abrasive blasting (SSPC-SP5, -SP6, -SP7, or -SP10);
or water jetting (-SP12). Oil and grease shall be completely removed in accordance with SSPC-SP1
before beginning any other cleaning method. Surfaces of welds shall be scraped and ground as
necessary to remove all slag and weld spatter.
All cut or sheared edges shall be ground smooth to a 1/8 inch minimum radius for all material 1/4 inch
thickness and larger. For material thickness less than 1/4 inch all cut or sheared edges shall be ground
smooth to a radius equal to 1/2 the material thickness. Grinding of rolled edges on standard shapes with
a minimum radius of the 1/16 inch will not be required.
Unless specified in the coating manufacturer's data sheets, all ferrous metal surfaces shall have all welds
ground smooth and free of all defects in accordance with NACE Standard RP0178, Appendix C,
Designation D.
All blasting residue, waste, and accumulation shall be removed before coating application.
Cleaned surfaces shall be coated or lined with the specified coating, primer, or touchup coat within 6
hours of cleaning, or before rust bloom occurs. No blast cleaned surfaces shall stand overnight before
coating.
The surface preparation specified herein are minimums, and if the requirements printed in the coating
manufacturer's data sheets exceed the limits specified, the value printed on the data sheets shall become
the minimum requirement
09900.3.2 Mixing and Thinning
Coating shall be thoroughly mixed each time any is withdrawn from the container. Coating containers
shall be kept tightly closed except while coating is being withdrawn.
Coating shall be factory mixed to proper consistency and viscosity for hot weather application without
thinning. Thinning will be permitted only as necessary to obtain recommended coverage at lower
application temperatures. In no case shall the wet film thickness of applied coating be reduced, by
addition of coating thinner or otherwise, below the thickness recommended by the coating manufacturer.
Thinning shall be done in compliance with all applicable air quality regulations.
Uniform suspension of coating pigments shall be maintained during application.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 32 of 82
Document1
Jobsite tinting will not be permitted.
09900.3.3 Application
Coating shall be applied in a neat manner that will produce an even film of uniform and proper thickness,
with finished surfaces free of runs, sags, ridges, laps, and brush marks. In no case shall coating be
applied at a rate of coverage greater than the maximum rate recommended by the coating manufacturer.
Each layer of the coating system shall be of a visibly different color or shade from the preceding coat.
Coatings shall be factory tinted.
A minimum of 20 foot-candles (of illumination shall be provided for surfaces to be coated.
Ventilation in the Work area shall be adequate to remove all particulates and solvent vapors. Where
natural ventilation is inadequate, a mechanical ventilation system shall be employed. The ventilation
system shall provide a clean air supply during all phases of coating operations.
Coating failures will not be accepted and shall be entirely removed down to the substrate and the surface
recoated. Failures include but are not limited to checking, cracking, teardrops, fat edges, fisheyes, or
delamination.
Coating materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations by competent
and experienced applicators.
The Contractor is responsible for review and acceptance of the prepared surface. The application of
coating material to a surface shall constitute acceptance of that surface by the Contractor. If the surface
is not acceptable for coating, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing before starting application of
the coating material.
09900.3.4 Protection of Surfaces
Throughout the Work, proper dropcloths, masking tapes, and other protective measures shall be provided
to protect surfaces from accidental spraying, splattering, or spilling of coatings. Damage resulting from
coating operations shall be corrected and repaired. Coatings deposited on surfaces not being coated
shall immediately be removed.
The Contractor shall remove and reinstall, or provide adequate in-place protection for, valve and
equipment identification tags, gauges, installed hardware, accessories, lighting and electrical
components, factory finished materials, plumbing fixtures and fittings, and other materials that may
become splattered or damaged by coating materials.
09900.3.5 Environmental Conditions
Coatings shall not be applied, except under environmentally controlled conditions, during wet, damp, or
foggy weather, or when windblown dust, dirt, debris, or insects will collect on freshly applied coating.
Do not install coating or lining material if substrate temperature is within 5 o F of the dewpoint temperature
or if the relative humidity is greater than 95%.
Coatings shall not be applied at temperatures lower than the minimum temperature recommended by the
coating manufacturer, or to metal surfaces where conditions are likely to cause condensation, regardless
of the air temperature. When necessary for proper application, a temporary enclosure shall be erected
and the environment properly conditioned until the coating has fully cured.
Coatings shall not be applied at temperatures higher than the maximum temperature recommended by
the coating manufacturer. Where coatings are applied during periods of elevated ambient temperatures,
the Contractor shall ensure that proper application is performed including adherence to all re-coat window
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 33 of 82
Document1
requirements. Precautions shall be taken to reduce the temperature of the surface application, especially
for metal, at elevated temperatures above 100°F including shading the application area from direct
sunlight, applying coating in the evening or at night, and ventilating the area to reduce the humidity and
temperature.
09900.3.6 Field Quality Control
The following inspection and testing shall be performed: visual inspection, surface profile, wet and dry film
thickness, spark testing, and adhesion testing. The Owner shall be responsible for review of all
Contractor testing documentation and shall also establish hold points indicating periodic on-site review of
the Contractor's test procedures.
The Contractor shall provide daily documented atmospheric condition reports to the Owner including
temperature and humidity every four hours during application and temperature monitoring during cure of
the coating system.
Personnel performing or supervising the inspection of surface preparation, coating application and quality
control testing shall be qualified as a Certified Coating Inspector in accordance with the requirements of
NACE International or previously approved equivalent program.
09900.3.6.1 Surface Profile Testing. The surface profile for ferrous metal surfaces shall be measured
for compliance with the specified minimum profile in accordance with ASTM D4417.
09900.3.6.2 Visual Inspection. The surface of the protective coatings shall be visually inspected.
09900.3.6.3 Film Thickness. Coating film thickness shall be verified by measuring the film thickness of
each coat as it is applied and the dry film thickness of the entire system. Dry film thickness shall be
measured in accordance with SSPC-PA 2. Wet film thickness shall be measured with a gauge that will
measure the wet film thickness within an accuracy of ±0.5 mil in accordance with ASTM D4414.
09900.3.6.4 Spark Testing. Coatings shall be spark tested using an acceptable electrical spark tester
set at the recommended voltage. The Owner shall observe the spark testing and shall verify the testing
equipment is working properly before the spark testing of the coating is started. The electrode movement
shall be continuous and shall proceed in a systematic manner that will cover 110 percent of the coated
surface.
Spark testing for coatings on metal shall be done in accordance with ASTM D5162.
All detected holidays and pinholes shall be marked and repaired as recommended by the coating
manufacturer.
09900.3.6.5 Adhesion Testing. An adhesion test shall be conducted on a properly prepared and coated
steel surface that is acceptable to the Contractor and the Owner. The test area shall be at least 2 square
feet or larger to allow a minimum of three tests to be conducted. The test area shall be coated with the
specified system and cured as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Pull-off strength adhesion
tests of the coating shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM D4541 using an Elcometer tensile
adhesion tester. At least three adhesion tests shall be conducted and the results averaged. Adhesion
strength shall equal or exceed the minimum adhesion strength recommended by the coating
manufacturer and shall exceed the tensile strength of the substrate.
If the coating fails the adhesion test, the cause of the failure shall be determined and corrected before reconducting the test.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 34 of 82
Document1
15062 - Pipe Supports Detailed by Owner
15062.1 General
15062.1.1 Scope of Supply
Scope of supply shall include furnishing pipe supports in accordance with the following specifications.
The design requirements for the pipe supports to be furnished are specified by the Owner in the form of
pipe support drawing and other information to allow the Contractor to fabricate the specified pipe
supports.
Pipe support drawings for all piping include typical details with a general bill of material.
The Contractor is responsible for determining the required quantity of material based on
actual number of supports, locations and take-out lengths. Support locations are shown
on the piping drawings.
15062.1.2 Not Used
15062.1.3 Performance and Design Requirements
Performance and design requirements for the pipe supports shall be as required by the Owner's design in
the following documents:
The following methods have been utilized
by the Owner to define the scope of
procurement:
Support Drawings
Yes
Typical details
No
Typical supports
No
Bill of quantity
Yes
The following are required to be provided
by the Contractor to confirm performance
and design requirements:
Support drawings with bills of
material
Yes
Calculations as specified herein
No
Design requirements for
specialty hardware not provided
in the Contractor's catalog
No
Test data for selected springs
No
Nondestructive examination
(NDE) of major load carrying
parts
No
15062.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 35 of 82
Document1
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications. In case of conflict, the latter shall govern to
the extent of such difference:
Work
In Accordance With
Steel, beams, clip angles
AISC Manual of Steel Construction
Bolting, rods
ASME B1.13M, Metric Screw Threads: M
Profile;
ASME B1.1, Unified Inch Screw Threads;
ASME B18.2.1, Square and Hex Bolts and
Screws (Inch Series);
Rods in accordance with AISC Metallurgy
Post-installed mechanical anchor bolts
Federal Specification A-A-1923A, IBC,
ANSI B212.15, and ACI 318, Appendix D
General
Federal Occupational Safety and Health
Administration Standards
Pipe supports
ASME B31.1, Power Piping; ASME
B31.3.Process Piping; Manufacturers
Standardization Society MSS SP-58, Pipe
Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design,
Manufacture, Selection, Application, and
Installation;
NFPA 13
Pipe support drawings
MSS SP-58, Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection,
Application, and Installation, Annex B
15062.1.5 Materials
Components shall be suitable for service at the maximum expected operating temperature. The following
materials shall be used unless otherwise noted in these specifications, hanger list, typical details, or bills
of material:
Component
Material
Plate
Carbon steel
ASTM A36, A516 Grade 70, A572 Grade 50
Low alloy steel
ASTM A387, Grade P11 or P22
Carbon steel
ASTM A106, Grade B
Low alloy steel
ASME A335, Grade P11 or P22
Pipe
Bolts and studs
ASTM A193, Grade B
Rods
Manufacturer standard in accordance with MSS SP-58
Nuts
<1000° F, ASTM A194, Grade 2H
Adhesive anchors 3/4 inch and larger
ASTM F1554 GR 36, ASTM A36, or ASTM A307 GR B
with ASTM A563 GR A nuts
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 36 of 82
Document1
Component
Material
Wide flange beams
ASTM A992
Structural tubes
ASTM A500, Grade B
Other miscellaneous steel, including,
channel, angle, clip angles, etc.
ASTM A36
Materials for components shall be carbon steel except as otherwise specified:
Malleable iron materials shall not be used.
15062.1.6 Acceptable Manufacturers of Components
For the following components, the manufacturers listed below provide examples of the quality of
Workmanship required by these specifications. If the Contractor wants to propose a nonlisted
manufacturer that is considered to provide an equivalent level of quality, this manufacturer must be
identified and supporting testimony provided. Acceptance of the manufacturer as a substitute is at the
discretion of the Owner:
Component
Manufacturer
Pipe Support Hardware
Lisega, Anvil, Piping Technology and
Products, Bergen Power, Pipe Supports
Limited, Rilco
Cold Shoes
Piping Technology and Products, Rilco
Expansion Anchors
Hilti Kwik-Bolt TZ
Adhesive Anchors
HILTI RE 500-SD
15062.1.7 Test Requirements
The following testing shall be conducted in accordance with the specified source. This testing is to be
considered part of the defined Scope of Work, and all associated costs are the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with correcting deficiencies and
retesting in the event of a test failure:
Tests
In Accordance With
Conducted By
Article 15062.2.3.2 herein
Contractor
Systems to be load tested
All constant spring supports
15062.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
15062.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
15062.1.10 Not Used
15062.1.11 Typical Supports
15062.1.11.1 Method 1. Owner will supply design drawings of typical pipe support configurations and a
list of specific design information for each support and/or support type. The typical pipe support
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 37 of 82
Document1
configuration drawings provide information regarding support types, general hardware requirements, and
variables for key dimensions. For supports requiring spring cans, loads and movements have been
included.
15062.2 Products
The Contractor shall supply all drawings, engineering, hardware, fabrication, testing, packaging, and
other services necessary to provide complete support assemblies specified by the Owner. Specific
requirements for the products and services provided by the Contractor are listed herein.
15062.2.1 Engineering Requirements.
The Contractor shall verify that all hardware items provided are rated for the loads defined by the Owner
and are in compliance with the coded and standards defined in Article 15062.1.4 Codes and Standards.
Components such as clamps and shoes that exceed the load capability of standard catalog items shall be
sized/engineered by the Contractor.
Contractor shall supply catalog or data sheets for all standard and nonstandard components,
respectively, including components provided by Contractors. Documentation shall include dimensional
information, load capacity, and other pertinent design information.
The actual hanger dimensions and details are the responsibility of the Contractor. Support components,
shop welds, and field welds shall be sized in accordance with these specifications and the design data
provided in the typical support drawings. Some support parts may have been sized by the Owner;
however, these sizes shall be verified by the Contractor, and all remaining support parts shall be sized by
the Contractor.
15062.2.2 Hardware
Contractor shall provide all hardware required for a complete pipe support assembly based on the
support type defined in the typical support drawings. Support hardware shall be in accordance with
Article 15062.1.4 Codes and Standards, Article 15062.1.5 Materials, Article 15062.1.6 Acceptable
Manufacturers of Components, and as specified herein.
When Work is performed outside of the Contractor's facilities or subcontract services are utilized, the
Contractor shall be responsible for adhering to the Owner's requirements and ensuring that equivalent
quality standards are maintained.
All support hardware shall be manufacturer's standard hardware except where design criteria, such as
loads or movements, exceed standard catalog products. Rod supports, struts, snubbers, etc., shall
accommodate the thermal expansion movement specified in the hanger list and the hardware
components shall allow a swing angle of +/- 5 degrees.
15062.2.2.1 Pipe Attachments. Pipe attachments shall include, but not be limited to, bolted clamps on
horizontal or vertical pipe, welded attachments such as lugs and stanchions, pipe shoes, pre-insulated
pipe supports, etc.
Pipe attachments shall extend outside the insulation to permit free installation and operation of other
support components. Pipe attachments shall be rigid relative to the piping and insulation.
15062.2.2.1.1 Attachments for metallic piping. Material for clamps and other bolted pipe attachments
shall be in accordance with Article 15062.1.5 Materials. Materials for lugs and other welded pipe
attachments shall be the same or equivalent as the pipe material.
.
15062.2.2.1.2 Not Used
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 38 of 82
Document1
15062.2.2.1.3 Bolted pipe attachments. Bolted pipe attachments shall include, but not be limited to,
two-bolt and three-bolt clamps on horizontal pipe, riser clamps on vertical pipe, bolt-on pipe shoes, ubolts, u-straps, trapezes, etc.
15062.2.2.1.3.1 Clamps. Alloy clamps with material thickness greater than 1/2 inch thick shall be hot
formed and stress relieved after forming. All other materials and sizes shall be formed and stress relieved
in accordance with MSS SP-58.
Clamps on piping 2 inches and smaller may be clevis type. The Contractor may request approval of other
clamp types; however, no other clamp types shall be used without approval from the Owner.
15062.2.2.1.3.2 Riser clamps. Riser clamps that attach to rigid rods shall be designed such that all of
the applicable load can be transferred to one side of the riser clamp. Likewise, spring supported riser
clamps that are to be pinned during testing shall be designed such that all of the test load can be
transferred to one side of the clamp. Riser clamps which are designed to inherently allow a balancing of
loads between the rods may be exempt from this requirement.
The top surface of the clamp shall be flat and normal to the pipe.
Shear lugs shall be provided on the Contractor, unless noted otherwise, for all riser clamps to prevent the
clamp from slipping. Friction shall not be assumed to hold the clamp in place. Shear lug sizes are
provided by the Owner on the typical support drawings.
15062.2.2.1.3.3 Trapezes. Trapezes shall be constructed from structural tubing or from double channels
positioned back-to-back with space between for the hanger rods and with washer plates welded to
channel tops and bottoms. Washer plates shall be used at all hanger rod attachment points. Minimum
sizes of washer plates shall be as follows:
Rod Size, in.
Minimum Stock Size, in.
Hole Diameter, in.
3/8
3 x 3 x 1/4
7/16
1/2
3 x 3 x 1/4
9/16
5/8
3 x 3 x 3/8
11/16
3/4
4 x 4 x 3/8
13/16
1
4 x 4 x 1/2
1-1/16
Alternate designs of trapezes such as wide flange beams with end plate attachments for clevises may be
utilized with Owner approval.
U-bolts shall be provided to securely attach to the piping to the trapeze unless otherwise noted in the
typical details.
15062.2.2.1.4 Welded pipe attachments. Welded pipe attachments shall include, but not be limited to,
guide lugs, shear lugs, pipe stanchions, pipe shoes, anchor plates, insulation saddles, etc. In general,
such components will be provided with the piping unless otherwise noted by the Owner. The dimensions
of these welded attachments will be provided by the Owner to allow proper design of support hardware
provided by the Contractor.
Guide lugs, insulation saddles, and other welded attachments shall be used to prevent damage to
insulation. Welded materials for pipe support components for alloy piping will be alloy material,
regardless of distance from outside of pipe. In general, welded attachments which require field welding of
Contractor-provided hardware will be Grade 11 or 22 alloy plate.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 39 of 82
Document1
15062.2.2.1.4.1 Pipe shoe. Welded pipe shoes shall be made from structural tees or welded plates and
shall have end plates which are shop welded to the shoe. The baseplate shall be at least 4 inches wide
or one-third the nominal diameter of the pipe, up to 12 inches wide. The minimum length shall be
6 inches for piping up to 4 NPS and 12 inches in length for piping greater than 4 NPS. Axial movement of
the pipe shall be taken into consideration when determining the length of the shoes. End plates shall be
provided which are at least 2 inches greater in width than the base plate of the shoe and shall be cut to
match the curvature of the pipe.
15062.2.2.2 Rods. Hanger rods shall be constructed of solid round steel bars. The minimum rod size
for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be 1/2 inch. The minimum rod size for pipe 2 inches and smaller
shall be 3/8 inch.
Rod connections at each end shall allow for the piping to move laterally with swivel type connections,
such as welded eye rods, linked eye rods, or pinned connections. For supports with excessive lateral
movement, a hoist trolley shall be added to limit the maximum swing angle. Eye rods shall have fully and
neatly welded eyes with the cross-sectional strength of the eye greater than or equal to the strength of the
rod. A weldless eyenut and threaded rod may be used in lieu of a welded eye rod.
Forged steel turnbuckles or fabricated turnbuckles shall be provided near the center of rod assemblies.
Fabricated turnbuckles shall be designed and fabricated to allow inspection of rod engagement along the
full length between the threaded ends of the turnbuckle. Turnbuckles shall be designed to allow plus or
minus 3 inches of adjustment. A turnbuckle shall be provided for any hanger with a rod length of greater
than four feet.
Rod couplings shall not be used in lieu of turnbuckles. Rod couplings shall be designed and fabricated to
allow inspection of rod engagement along the full length between the threaded ends of the coupling. Rod
couplings may be used to join a single rod which is greater than 12 feet in length.
Turnbuckles, rod couplings, and other threaded assemblies shall be provided with locknuts at every
threaded interface, including left-hand nuts as required. Drawings shall include a note indicating these
nuts are to be tightened at all times after installation of the support.
15062.2.2.3 Support Springs. Spring assemblies shall be enclosed and shall have load and position
indicator scales. The load and position indicator scales shall be on both sides of each spring assembly.
All spring assemblies shall be stamped on the load and position indicator with "H" at hot (operating)
position, and "C" at cold (ambient) position. In addition, the hot and cold positions will be marked with
1/2 inch diameter dots or other comparable indicator (red at the hot position and white at the cold
position) on both scales. Spring assemblies that support the pipe by use of an intermediate rod which is
greater than four feet in length shall incorporate a turnbuckle with locknuts. Spring assemblies shall be
suitable for inside or outside installation.
A field adjustment feature for varying support effort shall be provided on spring assemblies. Field
adjustment range shall be at least ±10 percent of design operating load.
When the weight of piping support components carried by the spring exceeds 1 percent of the piping
load, or when the piping load exceeds 2,000 pounds, the weight of spring hung support components shall
be added to the piping load to size springs.
Spring assemblies shall be provided with a means to lock the springs in any position throughout the travel
range of the spring. When so locked, the assemblies shall be capable of carrying the hydrostatic test
load specified in the hanger list. Locking devices for spring assemblies shall be permanently attached to
the spring casing by means of pins, chains, or an acceptable alternate method. Approval of an alternate
method shall be obtained from the Owner. All springs shall be locked in the cold position for shipping.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 40 of 82
Document1
All spring housings shall have clearly marked metal nameplates indicating the corresponding hanger
number as indicated in the hanger list. Nameplates shall be attached by tack welding, riveting, or other
Owner approved method.
Special coatings shall be applied to the springs and housings when corrosion resistant requirements are
indicated in the hanger list.
15062.2.2.3.1 Variable support springs. Load variability shall be less than 25 percent unless otherwise
specified by the Owner. Base mounted variable support spring types shall be supplied with guided load
column and load flange.
15062.2.2.3.2 Constant support springs. Constant support springs shall have a total travel range of at
least 20 percent greater [but not less than 1 inch greater] than the design travel. The design travel shall
be centered within the total travel range. Supporting effort shall not vary more than ±6 percent throughout
the total travel range. This tolerance shall also apply after any field load adjustment. Constancy of
supporting effort shall not deteriorate with age or weather conditions. All constant springs shall be load
tested as indicated in Article 15062.1.7 Test Requirements.
15062.2.2.4 Structural Attachments. Structural attachment components shall be fastened by welding
or bolting. Anchor bolts shall be provided with the pipe support assembly unless otherwise specified in
the hanger list.
Beam clamps may be used for piping 4 NPS and smaller where the design load does not exceed 500 lbs.
Beam clamp design shall be such that the load is centered on the flange of the beam.
Anchor bolts shall be post-installed mechanical anchors provided in accordance with Article 15062.1.4
Codes and Standards, Article 15062.1.5 Materials, and Article 15062.1.6 Acceptable Manufacturers of
Components. Minimum sizing and spacing requirements are as follows:
The minimum size of anchor bolts for pipe stands shall be in accordance with the
technical attachments referenced in Article 15062.1.8 Technical Attachments.
Unless otherwise specified by the Owner, use in ceilings and walls shall be limited to no
more than 1/2 inch diameter.
Minimum edge and spacing distances shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
Minimum thickness of steel plate bearing against concrete shall be as follows unless specified otherwise
in the hanger list:
Pipe Size, nominal
Plate Thickness, inches (mm)
4 inches and smaller
1/4
6 inches
3/8
8 inches
1/2
10 inches through 18 inches
3/4
15062.2.2.5 Supplementary Support Beams. Unless otherwise indicated, supplementary support
beams required for attachment of supports to building structure will be attached by means of clip angles.
Clip angles shall conform to "Framed Beam Connections" as indicated in the latest AISC Manual of Steel
Construction. Clip angles shall be sized to match support beam strength. Clip angles shall be securely
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 41 of 82
Document1
attached by bolting to the beam for shipping and installation ease. Bolting shall be through elongated
holes in the clip angles. Permanent attachment of clip angles will be by field welding.
15062.2.2.6 Bearing Surfaces. Bearing surfaces shall be installed with lubricating grease furnished by
the Contractor.
High friction bearing surfaces for pipe stands and pipe shoes shall have a maximum static coefficient of
friction of 0.3 which will be obtained by field application of lubricating grease. All other high friction
bearing surfaces, such as, pipe resting on steel, shall be dry with no lubricating grease. The bearing
surfaces shall be smooth and free of burrs or other projections.
Lubricating grease shall be shipped in a separate container for field application during installation of the
assembly. Lubricating grease shall be a water insoluble type suitable for the pressures and temperatures
involved. Grease shall be synthetic silicone, barium, or lithium based, with fillers or additives such as
natural graphite or molybdenum disulfide. If fabrication requirements indicate shop application of
lubricants, the lubricant coating shall be protected from contamination or removal during shipment and
storage by wrapping with plastic sheeting. Three layers of sheeting secured with plastic tape shall be
used.
15062.2.2.7 Restraints, Guides, and Anchors. All restraints, guides, and anchors shall be fabricated
as indicated on the typical support drawings.
Restraints and guides fabricated of structural steel shall generally have a clearance of 1/8 inch, with
respect to the restrained component, in the directions of the restrained movement. For high temperature,
larger diameter pipe applications, radial expansion of the pipe and support components shall be
considered and a larger gap provided to prevent closing of the gap and binding of the support.
All restraints and guides shall be designed to withstand the static and sliding friction caused by relative
movement of the pipe with respect to the restraints.
15062.2.3 Fabrication
All pipe support components with a reference to a manufacture type and model number shall be shop
fabricated unless otherwise specified. Work shall present a neat appearance with all flame cut edges
ground smooth and weld spatter removed by grinding or wire brushing before application of paint.
15062.2.3.1 Coatings. All exposed components of piping supports shall be painted in accordance with
the given requirements of the Technical Supplementals in Section 01400.
Except as noted below, each individual pipe support component shall be painted using the coating
system that is applicable for the maximum operating temperature of the component. On systems with
insulation and lagging, the coating system for the component that attaches to the pipe shall be chosen
based on the design temperature of the pipe unless otherwise approved by the Owner.
Temperature Range
Less than or equal to 200° F, indoors
and outdoors
Coating System 1112 (Complete)
Note: Components such as clamps and lugs that attach to the pipe may be coated with Coating
System 1112 when the piping is insulated, included any portion of the component that extends
outside the insulation.
Bearing surfaces and nameplates shall not be painted, but shall be coated with an easily removable rust
preventive. Sliding surfaces and threads shall not be painted, but shall be properly lubricated. Surfaces
to be field welded shall be left unpainted, or coated with a weldable primer, for a distance of 2 inches from
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 42 of 82
Document1
the weld. Before priming, surfaces shall be suitably cleaned and prepared in accordance with the prime
paint manufacturer's instructions for good adherence and appearance, and in accordance with the
requirements of the Technical Supplementals indicated in Section 01400 and the coating system data
sheets referenced above.
15062.2.3.2 Testing. Load test data shall be submitted to the Owner on springs indicated in
Article 15062.1.7 Test Requirements. The test data shall be in the form of a table or graph, readable to
within the lesser of 1 percent of the design load or 200 pounds. The data shall indicate the actual
measured support effort versus the travel position as measured at the load coupling. The total travel
range shall be covered, up and down, through three cycles. The mean load and the percent deviation
shall be included in the data.
15062.2.4 Support Identification, Packaging, and Shipping to Site
In addition to the nameplate, marking of individual components and subassemblies shall be in
accordance with the following guidelines:
Spring hangers shall be marked with support number at the bottom or side of the can.
All structural steel members that are shipped separately shall be marked with the support
number on steel members such that the support number is visible once the support is
erected.
Packaging and shipping of shall be in accordance with the following guidelines:
Pipe support assembly shall be bundled so that parts remain together and undamaged
through handling, shipment, and covered storage.
The Owner prefers shipment of preassembled supports to fit on an 8'x12' pallet.
All supports within a job order or system shall be assembled and packed as an individual
job order.
No two jobs orders shall be bundled and packed together for shipment.
15062.3 Execution
The pipe supports shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 15921 - Piping
Erection.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 43 of 82
Document1
15221 - Fabricated Steel Pipe
15221.1 General
15221.1.1 Scope of Supply
Scope of supply shall include furnishing all materials and shop or field fabrication of all piping and fittings;
all accessory and branch openings as called for on the drawings; and all accessories required by the
drawings, specifications, and the codes and standards. Piping systems designated by the system codes,
as indicated on the drawings listed in Article 01100, are included except as otherwise specified herein.
The following miscellaneous items shall be included:
Attachments for pipe supports (including, but not limited to, hanger lugs, welded pipe
shoes, base support "stingers", trunions, dummy legs and pipe saddles).
Connections for piping and instruments.
Flanges and special connectors.
Installation of valves, traps, orifices, and piping attachments furnished under separate
specifications as described in these specifications and/or indicated on the drawings.
Socket-welded and threaded integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings 2 inches
and smaller required for branch connections from the piping.
Erection lugs, insulation lugs, skirts, and collars.
Instrument piping and all instruments.
All other equipment and materials required for a complete installation.
15221.1.2 Not Used
15221.1.3 Not Used
15221.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be executed in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications. In case of conflict, the latter shall govern to
the extent of such difference:
Work
In Accordance With
Materials for piping and application of
piping materials, including piping inside
boiler, boiler external piping, and nonboiler external piping
The most current edition of the ASME
Code for Pressure Piping, B31.1 Power
Piping, , including all addenda and
applicable portions of the most current
edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code for all piping furnished in this
procurement package within the
jurisdiction of that code
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 44 of 82
Document1
Work
In Accordance With
Sizes, schedule numbers, and
dimensions of carbon steel and alloy
steel pipe
ASME B36.10M
Wall thickness tolerances
ASTM A530/530M
Butt weld fitting manufacturing standard
ASME B16.9
Socket-welded and threaded forged steel
fittings manufacturing standard
ASME B16.11
Pipe bending
Paragraph 102.4.5, 104.2.1, and 129 of
ASME B31.1; Paragraphs 302.4.1, 304.2.1
and 332 of ASME B31.3
Welding adapters, drilled and welded
pads, and branch weld connections
Paragraph 104.3 of ASME B31.1;
Paragraph 304.3 of ASME B31.3
Minimum pressure class rating of forged
socket-welded threaded fittings
ASME B16.11
Steel flange construction requirements
ASME B16.5
Orifice Flanges
ASME B16.36
Spectacle Flanges and Line Blanks
ASME B16.48
Piping fabrication allowable radial
misalignment of inside surfaces at shop
welded joints
ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3
Interior Cleaning
The Society for Protective Coatings
(SSPC)
Fabrication tolerances
PFI Standard ES-3
Access holes and closure plugs for
radiographic examination of field welds
PFI Standard ES-16
Pipe bending methods, tolerances, and
process and material requirements
PFI Standard ES-24
15221.1.5 Materials
The following materials shall be used:
Component
Material
Carbon steel flange material standards,
ANSI Pressure Classes 150 and 300
ASTM A181/A181M or ASTM
A105/A105M
Carbon steel flange material standards,
ANSI Pressure Class 600 and higher
ASTM A105/A105M
Chromium alloy and stainless steel
flange material standards; all ANSI
pressure classes
ASTM A182/A182M
Chromium alloy bosses and closure
plugs for radiographic examination
access holes
ASTM A182/A182M
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 45 of 82
Document1
Component
Material
Carbon and alloy steel butt weld fitting
material standards
ASTM A234/A234M
15221.1.6 Approved Manufacturers of Components
For the following components, only the listed manufacturers are recognized as maintaining the level of
quality of Workmanship required by these specifications. If the Contractor wants to propose a nonlisted
manufacturer that is considered to provide an equivalent level of quality, this manufacturer must be
identified and supporting testimony provided. Acceptance of the manufacturer as a substitute is at the
discretion of the Owner:
Component
Manufacturer
Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet
fittings
Bonney Forge, WFI, WOI
Thermowell connections
Bonney Forge, WFI, WOI
15221.1.7 Test Requirements
The following testing shall be conducted in accordance with the specified source. This testing is to be
considered part of the defined Scope of Work, and all associated costs are the responsibility of the
Contractor unless specifically identified as a Bid Option or Owner-conducted. Tests identified as an
option are to be priced separately. If identified as Owner-conducted, costs for the initial test will be the
responsibility of the Owner. However, the Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with
correcting deficiencies and retesting in the event of a test failure:
Tests
In Accordance With
Conducted By
All required shop tests
ASME B31.1,
Contractor's Supplier
15221.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
15221.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
15221.2 Products
15221.2.1 Drawings
Only certified drawings shall be submitted. Certified drawings shall mean drawings that are fully
completed and certified by the Contractor as to the compliance of the information contained thereon with
the requirements of these specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for fabricating the piping
correctly in accordance with these specifications and the Owner's applicable piping drawings. If material
descriptions on the Owner's piping drawings contain insufficient information, the Contractor shall notify
the Owner.
Each drawing submitted shall be clearly marked with the name of the project, the unit designation, the
specification title, the Owner's file number, and the Contractor's name.
15221.2.2 Isometric Design Data
The Isometric Design Data specifies the operating and design conditions and types of pipe to be used
with each major piping system.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 46 of 82
Document1
15221.2.3 Piping Material Requirements
All pipe shall be in accordance with the applicable codes and standards designated in Article 15221.1.4
and in the Isometric Design Data or Pipe Class except as further limited herein. Except as otherwise
specified, schedule numbers, sizes, and dimensions of piping shall conform to the applicable standards
specified in Article 15221.1.4. Pipe weight variations shall be as specified herein.
In accordance with ASTM A530 Para. 8, the actual weight of any pipe length NPS 12 and under in size
shall not vary more than 10 percent over nor 3.5 percent under the nominal weight as specified above.
For sizes over NPS 12, the actual weight shall not vary more than 10 percent over nor 5 percent under
the nominal weight as specified above. These requirements shall apply to all high-pressure piping
systems and are in addition to applicable industry standards.
Material substitutions, except as specified in Article 15221.1.5 and below, shall not be made without the
written consent of the Owner including the substitution of minimum wall piping in lieu of specified
schedule wall piping.
Carbon steel and alloy steel high-pressure piping shall be ungalvanized seamless type pipe and fittings
unless otherwise specified in the Isometric Design Data.
Industry experience has shown that carbon steel piping with fluid temperatures less than 500° F and
greater than 200° F is susceptible to flow accelerated corrosion (FAC). To resist the effects of FAC,
carbon steel piping with operating temperatures in this range shall have a chromium equivalent of 0.16
percent or greater (including pipe and weld consumables for the root pass). Chromium equivalent is
defined as follows:
CrEq = Cr + 0.19 Mo + 0.4 Cu
where:
CrEq is chromium equivalent,
Cr is percent chromium
Mo is percent molybdenum, and
Cu is percent copper.
The percent chromium, Cr, shall be a minimum of 0.1 percent. Material/mill test certificates, including
chromium content, shall be provided for all carbon steel components with operating temperatures in this
range. In addition, a corrosion allowance of 0.0625 inch shall be provided for carbon steel piping with
operating temperatures in this range.
15221.2.4 Fitting Material Requirements
Fittings shall be constructed of materials equivalent to the pipe with which they are used. Unless
otherwise specified herein or indicated on the drawings, steel fittings 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be butt
welding type and steel fittings 2 inches and smaller shall be socket welding type.
Where long radius elbows are specified for nominal wall thickness pipe on the drawings, hot bending
using the induction bend method may be used with written approval by the Owner. The bends shall be at
the same bend radius as long radius elbows and shall meet the allowable flattening requirements
specified in Article 15221.2.9.6, Bends, herein. Radius bends should have at least the same minimum
wall thickness as required for the nominal or special wall pipe with which the bends are used, but in each
case within the tolerances specified above. Calculations showing conformance with ASME B31.1,
Paragraph 102.4.5 or ASME B31.3, Paragraph 304.2.1 shall be performed by the Contractor and
submitted to the Owner for approval when the wall thickness of the bends do not meet the minimum wall
thickness as required for the straight pipe.
Fittings and fitting materials originating in the People's Republic of China shall be in accordance with the
requirements specified in Supplemental Specification Q400 included in Section 01400.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 47 of 82
Document1
15221.2.4.1 Butt Welding Fittings. Butt welding fitting wall thicknesses shall be equal to the pipe wall
thickness with which they are used. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with the applicable
standards in Article 15221.1.4 and Article 15221.2.3.
Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, elbows shall be of the long radius type and conform to the
applicable standards indicated in Article 15221.1.4.
15221.2.4.2 Forged Fittings - Socket-Welded and Threaded. Forged steel fittings shall be used for
socket-welded and threaded connections. Socket-welded and threaded fittings shall conform to the
applicable standards indicated in Article 15221.1.4. Metal thicknesses of fittings shall be adequate to
provide actual bursting strengths equal to or greater than those of the pipe with which they are to be
used.
Minimum pressure class rating of socket-welded and threaded fittings shall be in accordance with the
applicable standard indicated in Article 15221.1.4.
If the design pressure-temperature conditions listed in the Isometric Design Data exceed the pressuretemperature service ratings of the pipe schedules listed in the applicable standard indicated in
Article 15221.1.4, the fittings shall be certified by the fitting manufacturer to be suitable for the design
pressure-temperature conditions shown in the Isometric Design Data.
15221.2.4.3 Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings. Integrally reinforced forged branch
outlet fittings (i.e. weldolets (WOLs), sweepolets (SWOLs), etc.) shall be provided where specified on the
drawings and lists. Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings shall be manufactured by a
manufacturer listed in Article 15221.1.6. With approval by the Owner, integrally reinforced forged branch
outlet fittings may be used in lieu of reducing outlet tees and branch welds.
The Contractor shall provide suitable documentation to the Owner that the design of fittings has taken into
account creep in the qualification of the fitting.
Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings shall be provided with suitable documentation showing
compliance with one or more of the items in the following list:
Extensive, successful service experience under comparable conditions with similarly
proportioned components of the same material and operating at similar design
conditions.
Experimental stress analysis, such as described in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code, Section VIII, Division 2. If design temperatures are in the creep range, additional
considerations beyond the scope of the referenced design code may be necessary.
Proof test in accordance with either ASME B16.9, MSS SP-97, or ASME Section VIII,
Division I, UG-101. If design temperatures are in the creep range of the material being
used, additional considerations beyond the scope of the referenced design may be
necessary.
Detailed stress analysis (for example, finite element method) with results evaluated as
described in ASME Section VIII, Division 2.
For any of the above, the Contractor may interpolate between sizes, wall thickness, and pressure
classes, and may determine analogies among related materials. Extrapolation shall not be used to
qualify fittings except where specifically permitted by the referenced Code or Standard.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 48 of 82
Document1
This documentation shall be on file in the manufacturer's facility and shall be available for review at the
Owner's discretion. Additionally, if specified in Article 15221.1.8, the documentation for Owner-selected
fittings shall be submitted to the Owner for review.
Unless otherwise specified, branch connections 2 inches (50 mm) and smaller designated as sockolets
(SOLs) or threadolets (TOLs) shall be made with integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings
manufactured by a manufacturer listed in Article 15221.1.6, or shall be special welded and drilled pads if
approved by the Owner.
15221.2.4.4 Special Fittings. Special fittings shall be constructed from materials equivalent to the pipe
materials with which the fitting will be used in accordance with the applicable standards listed in
Article 15221.1.4.
15221.2.5 Flange Material Requirements
Flanges shall conform to applicable standards indicated in Article 15221.1.4. Unless otherwise specified
herein or indicated otherwise on the drawings, flanges shall be as follows:
Flanges mating with flanges on piping, valves, and equipment shall be of sizes, drillings,
and facings that match connecting flanges.
Flange class ratings shall be adequate to meet the design pressure and temperature
specified in the Isometric Design Data for the piping with which they are used.
Flange materials shall be equivalent to the pipe with which they are used.
Except as indicated on the drawings, flanges 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be of the weld neck type, and
flanges 2 inches and smaller shall be of the socket-weld type. Flanges shall have raised face flange
preparation except as specified otherwise herein or indicated on the drawings.
Flanges and flange materials originating in the People's Republic of China shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Supplemental Specification Q400 included in Section 01400.
15221.2.5.1 Spectacle Blanks and Paddle Blanks and Spacers. Spectacle blanks and paddle blanks
and spacers shall be furnished as indicated on the drawings or lists. Unless otherwise specified herein or
indicated on the drawings, blank and spacer materials shall be equivalent to the flanges with which they
are used and shall be suitable for the pressure class rating of the mating flanges.
15221.2.6 Gasket and Bolting Material Requirements
Flanged joint gaskets and bolting shall be provided under these specifications unless otherwise indicated
on the drawings or lists, and shall be in accordance with the requirements of Supplemental Specification
M200.
15221.2.7 Not Used
15221.2.8 Not Used
15221.2.9 Piping Fabrication Requirements
15221.2.9.1 Dimensions. Dimensions indicated on the Owner's drawings do not make allowance for
welding gaps or welding shrinkage unless specifically indicated on the drawings. Allowances are made
for gaskets in the dimensions indicated. Piping indicated on the drawings as "FC," meaning field check,
shall be fabricated approximately 6 inches longer than the dimension shown to permit cutting to fit in the
field. End-to-end dimensions of valves or other special items furnished under separate specifications will
be furnished to the Contractor as required.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 49 of 82
Document1
Fabrication shall be within the tolerances as defined in Article 15221.1.4 or as indicated on the drawings.
These tolerances apply to the indicated overall dimension or location, and there shall be no cumulative
tolerance applied to stacked or differential dimensioning.
Where indicated on the drawings and where specified by the Owner, high-pressure piping shall be
fabricated short or long as indicated to allow for cold spring.
Actual wall thickness and actual pipe outside diameter of all high-pressure piping shall be measured and
recorded prior to fabrication. Outside diameter shall be measured near each end of the piping as well as
in the middle of each piping section. Wall thickness shall be measured at 4 locations around the
circumference of the pipe, at 90-degree increments, for each location where diameter measurements are
taken. Spool weights of all piping shall be calculated based on actual dimensions of the piping. Each
length of pipe shall be verified. All measurements shall be documented and shall be provided to the
Owner when requested.
15221.2.9.2 Fittings. Fittings such as tees, crosses, elbows, caps, and reducers shall be used for all
changes in direction, intersections, size changes, and end closures of piping, unless otherwise
specifically indicated on the drawings or specified herein.
Branch welds and mitered fittings shall be used only where indicated on the drawings. The radius for
mitered fittings shall be equal to the diameter of the pipe, and mitered segment angles shall not exceed
15 degrees. Where branch welds are indicated on the drawings, the Contractor is responsible for
calculating the reinforcement required and installing the reinforcement on the pipe in accordance with the
listed codes and standards.
Integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings, drilled and welded pads, or branch weld connections
shall be allowed only where specifically indicated on the drawings and shall be reinforced to meet the
requirements of the specified code. Safety valve nozzles shall be additionally reinforced as indicated on
the drawings..
15221.2.9.3 Fabricated Spool Sections. The length of shop fabricated spool sections shall be the
maximum allowable within limitations of handling and shipping and shall not be limited by other
requirements of these specifications such as interior shotblasting, pickling, and similar operations. Field
weld locations and configuration of spool sections shall be in accordance with the Owner's isometric
drawings. Any Contractor change shall be subject to the Owner's concurrence.
15221.2.9.4 End Preparation and Fit-Up. Preparation of weld ends for shop welds shall be in
accordance with fabricator's standard end preparation and welding procedure used. End preparation and
fit-up for field welds shall be in accordance with the Isometric Design Data and Section 01400.
Base metals for butt weld joints shall be prepared by machining or mechanized oxygen cutting. All slag
and irregularities shall be removed from oxygen cut ends.
Flange orientation shall be such that bolt holes straddle horizontal and vertical center lines on horizontal
pipe and straddle east-west/north-south center lines on vertical pipe.
Radial misalignment of inside surfaces at welded joints shall not exceed 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or the
limitations specified in the applicable code, whichever is greater. The difference between the major and
minor outside diameters for a distance of 3 inches (80 mm) from the ends of the pipe at all field welds
shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) or 1 percent of the nominal diameter, whichever is less. Internal
spiders or external clamps shall be applied as necessary to maintain this dimension during shipment.
Control of inside diameters of weld ends shall be by means of selection of piping components, addition of
weld metal and machining, or machining as required. Machining shall be in accordance with the end
preparation details.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 50 of 82
Document1
Pipe ends for socket-weld connections shall be reamed to full inside diameter to remove all burrs and
obstructions.
15221.2.9.5 Welding. Welding shall be performed in accordance with Section 01400.
15221.2.9.6 Bends. Pipe bending will be permitted only as indicated on the drawings and as specified in
Article 15221.2.4, Fitting Material Requirements, herein, and the following requirements. Bending
methods, equipment, and postbending controls including heat treatment shall be subject to review by the
Owner.
Cold bending will be permitted in accordance with Supplemental Specification Q010. The Contractor's
cold bending procedures shall be submitted to the Owner prior to bending.
Carbon, low alloy, and intermediate alloy pipe larger than 4 inches NPS shall be bent by hot bending
using the induction heating (incremental) bending method only. Other bending methods shall not be
permitted above this size. All other piping materials may be bent by other methods if approved by the
Owner.
A complete record of the pipe temperature during fabrication of each hot bending operation shall be made
by means of a recording pyrometer.
Bend surfaces shall be free of cracks. Limits on buckling shall be in accordance with PFI Standard ES24. Allowable flattening, as defined by ASME B31, shall not be greater than 5 percent of the average
measured outside diameter of the straight pipe before bending for bends of 3-D radius and greater, and
shall not be greater than 8 percent for bends less than 3-D radius, unless specified otherwise on the
Owner's drawings. The final pipe bend diameter, completed pipe ovality calculations, and measurements
for each end of each bend shall be documented and shall be provided to the Owner when requested.
The Contractor shall provide allowance for outside of bend thinning and inside of bend thickening of the
pipe wall, in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31, to ensure that the actual wall thickness
after bending is not less than the minimum wall thickness required by the Code for extrados, intrados, and
straight pipe locations, plus the Owner's required additional thickness ("A" value). If the wall thickness
specified in the Isometric Design Data is a schedule wall thickness, the Contractor may take credit for the
manufacturing tolerance applicable to the material specified, less the Owner's additional thickness allowance requirement ("A" value), to achieve the minimum wall thicknesses of the straight pipe, intrados, and
extrados, which must be maintained in the completed fabrication.
The piping shall be positioned or protected in the furnace to preclude any direct flame impingement or
temperature hot spots on the piping materials. A detailed report of bending results shall be submitted for
each bend used to qualify a bending procedure. As a minimum, the qualification reports shall include
intrados and extrados bend UT wall thickness verification at 10 degree intervals plus 3 inches of straight
tangent pipe on each side of the bend.
15221.2.9.7 Attachments. Attachments indicated on the drawings shall be shop welded on all
fabricated pipe prior to stress relieving.
15221.2.9.8 Not Used
15221.2.9.9 Installation of Valves. The Contractor shall install valves in piping where indicated on the
drawings and as specified below.
Valve Installation. All valves shall be installed in piping in accordance with the valve manufacturer's
recommendations and the requirements stated herein. All commodities and services required for a
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 51 of 82
Document1
complete working system shall be furnished for installation of all valves and shall be maintained in new,
undamaged, working condition.
The Contractor shall unload, store, handle, weld, heat treat, crate, and ship the valves in strict
accordance with the valve manufacturer's recommendations.
Excessive piping strains and bending moments on valves shall be avoided during shop handling.
Excessive strains and moments may result in distorted valve seats and rework being required by the
Contractor.
Unless otherwise required by the valve manufacturer, all valve disks and plugs shall be lifted off the valve
seats, and stem packings which might be damaged shall be removed when welding valves into the piping
and performing preheating and post weld heat treatment.
If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the valve manufacturer's
representative is present at valve installation in the piping and during preparation for shipment. The
schedule will be mutually agreed upon to facilitate a minimum number of valve manufacturer's
representative trips.
Shipment. The Contractor shall coordinate the direct shipment to the Contractor and then to site for the
valves to be installed.
Valve List. The Valve List includes all the valves to be installed by the Contractor as specified above.
15221.2.9.10 Not Used
15221.2.9.11 Threaded Connections. Threaded connections shall be integrally reinforced forged
branch outlet fittings for 2 inch and smaller connections and shall be installed in accordance with the
fitting manufacturer's recommendations. The diameter of the hole in the main run pipe shall not be less
than the inside diameter of the fitting at the threaded end. A drill or reamer shall be run through each
branch connection attachment and the hole in the main pipe after the attachment has been welded to the
pipe. Drill or reamer size shall be the same as the bore diameter of the attachment and shall result in
minimum pass diameters corresponding to the connection size in the following table:
Minimum Pass Diameter
Connection Size
Inches
3/4 NPT
0.830 ± 0.010
1 NPT
1.025 ± 0.010
1-1/4 NPT
1.400 ± 0.010
1-1/2 NPT
1.650 ± 0.010
2 NPT
2.120 ± 0.010
Threads of branch connections shall be trued by use of a thread tap after the coupling, pad, integrally
reinforced branch connection, or other threaded attachment has been welded to the main piping.
15221.2.9.12 Miscellaneous 2 Inch and Smaller Connections. Miscellaneous 2 inch and smaller
connections shall utilize integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings unless otherwise indicated on
the drawings.
Pressure taps for instrumentation shall be installed in accordance with the applicable standards indicated
in Article 15221.1.4.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 52 of 82
Document1
15221.2.10 Cleaning
Interior and exterior surfaces of all piping shall be thoroughly cleaned of sand, mill scale, greases, oils,
dirt, and other foreign materials after fabrication is complete.
15221.2.10.1 Interior Cleaning. Interior surfaces of all shop fabricated piping shall be cleaned in
accordance with the following.
Unless otherwise specified, interior surfaces shall be cleaned with rotary tools or wire brushing, as
described in The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. All interior
surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. The Contractor may perform a SSPC-SP-6 blasting in lieu of the
specified SP3 rotary tool and wire brushing cleaning.
After cleaning, interior surfaces of all piping shall be thoroughly air-blown and sealed.
15221.2.10.2 Exterior Cleaning. Exterior surfaces of all shop fabricated pipe and appurtenances shall
be cleaned and prepared in accordance with the requirements of the coating system specified on the
drawings and Section 01400.
15221.2.11 Coatings
15221.2.11.1 Weld End Coatings. Machined weld end preparations for field welds on carbon and alloy
steel piping shall be coated with a weldable consumable coating as specified in Section Q310 to prevent
surface corrosion prior to welding.
15221.2.12 General Requirements
15221.2.12.1 Identification. Identifying piece marks (spool numbers) as specified on the isometrics
shall be indicated on all spool drawings and shop detail drawings (when prepared by the Contractor) and
shall be clearly marked on each end and on opposite sides of each fabricated spool section.
15221.2.12.2 Protection During Shipment. Open ends and all branches of fabricated pipe shall be
securely closed as follows to protect the interior cleanliness and end surfaces during shipment:
Weld End Larger than 2 Inches. Attach a plastic cap or a metal cap and secure and seal
with waterproof tape. For overseas and rail shipments as well as protection of special Jbevel weld end preps, the cap shall be lined with a 1/2 inch soft wood disk.
Female Opening 2 Inches and Smaller, such as SOL. Press in a light metal or plastic
insert and seal with waterproof tape.
Nonflanged Nipple 2 Inches and Smaller. Use a light metal or plastic cap and seal with
waterproof tape.
Flanged Opening. Plastic flange end protectors shall protect the complete face of the
flange, secured in place, and sealed with waterproof tape. For rail shipments, bolt a
waterproof disk 1/2 inch thick minimum with 1/8 inch thick rubber gasket to flange with
1/2 inch minimum diameter bolts. The disk shall be attached with at least one half of the
available quantity of bolt holes used.
Miscellaneous loose items shall be suitably packed in heavy wooden boxes with waterproof linings to
prevent the entry of dirt and moisture.
15221.3 Execution
Piping erection shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 15921 - Piping Erection.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 53 of 82
Document1
15901 - Mechanical Equipment Erection
15901.1 General
This section covers the general erection requirements for all mechanical equipment to be erected by the
Contractor. When applicable, additional detailed requirements for erection of specific items of equipment
are covered in separate sections as listed in Article 15901.1.3.
15901.1.1 Scope of Work
Equipment erection shall include all Work required for complete installation, from unloading to placing the
equipment in successful operation.
15901.1.2 Scope Responsibilities
The following items shall be furnished by the Contractor or will be furnished by the Owner as indicated:
Item
By Contractor
By Owner
4 IK (28 foot long) sectionalized sootblowers,
each including a two piece lance, a two piece
feed tube and a two piece bolted carriage
assembly. Each sootblower will also include a
wall box and sleeve assembly containing a 6
inch sleeve for the 4 inch tubes.
X
4 Control panels for each soot blower
X
4 offset water wall tube panel/assemblies for the
boiler water wall penetrations
X
Support beam with heavy duty electric hoist
(capacity 2 tons) and geared trolley for the drop
zone located on the west side of the boiler.
(specifications see drawing CLO6-001-S6025)
X
Anchors and supports
X
Bolting for structural attachments
X
Bolting for connecting pipe flanges to flanged
equipment connections
X
Gaskets
X
Packing
X
Welding rod
X
Consumable gases
X
All other miscellaneous materials required for
complete erection of the equipment
X
15901.1.3 Detailed Erection Requirements
Additional detailed requirements for erection of some equipment items are covered in the following
sections:
15971 - Steam Generator Modifications.
In addition, the following sections apply to some or all of the mechanical equipment erection Work under
these specifications:
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 54 of 82
Document1
09900 - Field Applied Protective Coatings.
15921 - Piping Erection.
15941 - Insulation and Lagging Installation.
15901.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications. In case of conflict, the latter shall govern to
the extent of such difference:
Work
In Accordance With
Equipment Erection
ASME B31.1 Code for Pressure Piping
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
15901.1.5 Materials
The following materials shall be used:
Component
Material
Bolting for structural attachments
ASTM A490
Bolting for pipe connection flanges
In accordance with Section 15921
15901.1.6 Not Used
15901.1.7 Not Used
15901.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
15901.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
15901.2 Products
Not Applicable.
15901.3 Execution
15901.3.1 General
Erection procedures shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers.
If requirements contained herein are in conflict with equipment manufacturer requirements, the issue shall
be referred to the Owner for resolution.
Equipment shall be checked prior to its installation to ensure that it is in conformance with the
manufacturer's drawings. Any discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 55 of 82
Document1
When equipment to be erected by the Contractor is shipped unassembled, the complete assembly of
such equipment shall be a part of the Work included under these specifications.
If the equipment to be erected by the Contractor includes electric motors or other equipment that has
electrical connections, the electrical connection Work will be performed by others, or the requirements for
electrical connection Work will be covered in other sections of these specifications. Setting and all other
erection Work for this equipment shall be performed under this section.
15901.3.2 Code Requirements
All erection procedures shall be in conformance with accepted good engineering practice, the latest
applicable requirements of the codes and standards listed in Article 15901.1.4, and all relevant laws and
local regulations.
15901.3.3 Location Tolerances
All equipment shall be located within 1/8 inch (3 mm) of the dimensioned locations indicated on the
drawings.
15901.3.4 Piping Connections
All equipment that has piping connections shall be leveled, aligned, and shimmed in place and shall have
piping initially fit before connection of piping.
15901.3.5 Not Used
15901.3.6 Equipment Piping
All piping, valves, and fittings furnished with the equipment shall be installed in accordance with the
requirements of Section 15921.
All equipment drains shall be piped to existing drain headers or to bell-ups or floor drains. Water drains
not connecting into existing drain headers shall be open to atmosphere to allow verification of correct
discharge and flow. When connecting piping of the same size to a bell-up, the connection shall be
caulked. When one or more smaller pipes drain into a larger pipe, the bell-up shall remain open to allow
visible verification of flow. Equipment oil drain points shall be provided with a bronze plug cock of the
same size as the connection and a screwed cap or plug.
15901.3.7 Not Used
15901.3.8 Welding
When welding to equipment that is assembled, separate ground leads shall be attached to the equipment,
pipes, or components to prevent stray welding currents from arcing the internals of the equipment.
Wherever possible, the ground lead shall be 2/0 AWG cable or larger, directly and mechanically
connected adjacent to the welding area, and returned directly to the welding power source.
15901.3.9 through 15901.3.11 Not Used
15901.3.12 Miscellaneous Equipment
Miscellaneous equipment such as locally mounted pressure and flow transmitters, pilot controls for control
valves, and similar items shall be installed in locations in accordance with the drawings if shown. Such
items not shown on the drawings shall be installed in easily accessible locations and subject to the
acceptance of the Owner. All such items shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by means
of suitable brackets.
15901.3.13 Defects
All defects in erection shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner. The dismantling and
reassembly of Contractor-furnished equipment to remove defective parts, replace parts, or make
adjustments shall be included as a part of the Work under these specifications.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 56 of 82
Document1
15901.3.14 Maintenance Tools
Except as otherwise specified, all tools purchased with equipment for maintenance purposes shall not be
used for erection purposes. All such tools shall be stored as directed by the Owner.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 57 of 82
Document1
15921 - Piping Erection
15921.1 General
15921.1.1 Scope of Work
The Work shall include erection of all piping, fittings, valves, supports, and piping specialties, as called for
on the drawings and specifications, and by the codes and standards. Erection of piping systems
designated by the system codes and indicated on the drawings listed in Article 15921.1.8 are included,
except as otherwise specified herein. The Subcontractor shall furnish all required materials and perform
all related Work for completion of the Work included under these specifications.
If furnishing any piping or fittings; installing insulation and lagging; furnishing and installing freeze
protection; or furnishing and/or installing control and instrument piping is included in the Scope of Work, it
shall be done in accordance with separate sections included in these specifications:
Additional Scope
The additional Scope of Work for this
package includes the following items:
System Name
System Code
Sootblower Supply Steam
275
The systems listed above include the following:
Above grade piping
Yes
Below grade piping
No
In addition to erection of the piping systems defined
above, the Scope of Work includes the following
services and materials:
Routing of miscellaneous 2 inch and smaller
pipe, fittings, and valves
No
Installation of instrument and control piping
and tubing as indicated on the attachments
No
Hydrostatic testing of piping erected under
these specifications
Yes
Post-installation cleaning of piping erected
under these specifications
Yes – Air Blow
Freeze protection required
No
Furnish and install piping insulation and
lagging in accordance with Section 15941 Insulation and Lagging
Yes
Provide all penetrations of structures for pipe
installation
Yes
Furnish and install pipeline identification
No
PR # 10479705
Metal signs
No
Stencil
No
Adhesive labels
No
F-3 - Page 58 of 82
Document1
15921.1.2 Not Used
15921.1.3 Not Used
15921.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications
Work
In Accordance With
Piping internal to boiler
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section I
Boiler external piping
ASME B31.1 Code for Pressure Piping
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section I
Non-boiler external piping
ASME B31.1 Code for Pressure Piping
15921.1.5 Materials
The following materials shall be used:
Component
Material
Flexible weatherproofing
Nylon reinforced neoprene fabric with
compatible adhesive
Clamps for attaching flexible
weatherproofing to pipe and sleeve
Nonfire rated penetration seals
Stainless steel worm drive clamps
Nylon reinforced hypalon with closure
zipper and stainless steel worm drive
clamps
15921.1.6 Acceptable Suppliers
For the following components, only the listed manufacturers are recognized as maintaining the level of
quality of Workmanship required by these specifications. If the Contractor wants to propose a nonlisted
manufacturer that is considered to provide an equivalent level of quality, this manufacturer must be
identified and supporting testimony provided. Acceptance of the manufacturer as a substitute is at the
discretion of the Owner:
Component
Manufacturer
Flexible weatherproofing fabric and
adhesive
DuPont (Fairprene 5798 material with
Fairprene 5128 adhesive)
Clamps for attaching flexible
weatherproofing to pipe and sleeve
Aero-Seal (QS 200)
15921.1.7 Test Requirements
The following testing shall be conducted in accordance with the specified source. This testing is to be
considered part of the defined Scope of Work, and all associated costs are the responsibility of the
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 59 of 82
Document1
Contractor unless specifically identified as a Bid Option or Owner-conducted. Tests identified as an
option are to be priced separately. If identified as Owner-conducted, costs for the initial test will be the
responsibility of the Owner. However, the Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with
correcting deficiencies and retesting in the event of a test failure:
Tests
In Accordance With
Conducted By
Hydrostatic and
pneumatic testing of
piping
ASME B31.1, Paragraph
137
Contractor
15921.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
15921.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
15921.2 Products
15921.2.1 Isometric Design Data
The Isometric Design Data and piping layout drawings included with these specifications detail the
requirements for the various major piping systems to be erected under these specifications.
The information included on the Isometric Design Data and/or drawings designates the pipeline
identification number; line description; operating, design, and test pressures and temperatures; pipe
material, nominal sizes, and corresponding schedule or wall thickness; valve class rating, end preparation
requirements, and material; insulation class; welding remarks; gasket types; and special features.
15921.3 Execution
All piping, valves, fittings, and piping specialties shall be erected in accordance with the requirements of
this section. Any piping installation not specified herein shall be done in accordance with good
engineering practice.
The drawings indicate the dimensions of the major lines. These dimensions are subject to change to
accommodate the equipment, valves, and fittings actually furnished and the variations in equipment as
actually installed. If the equipment, valves, fittings, and other components of the piping systems actually
furnished differ in dimensions from those indicated, the piping systems shall be altered as required to
accommodate these changes. If, due to some unforeseen circumstance, the installation of the piping as
indicated would result in an interference, the modifications or corrections required to install the piping free
from interferences shall be made.
A field check of all connections to equipment and existing pipe, valves, or fittings for location, size, butt
weld end preparation or flange drilling and facing shall be made prior to erecting interconnecting piping.
Allowances in fit-up and modifications to piping spools shall be made as required prior to completion of
field welds and hoisting pipe spools into place as applicable.
Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be handled in a manner that will ensure installation in a
sound, undamaged condition. Equipment, tools, and methods used in unloading, reloading, hauling, and
laying pipe and fittings shall be such that the pipe and fittings are not damaged.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 60 of 82
Document1
15921.3.1 Welding
Field welding shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Supplemental Specifications in Section
01400.
15921.3.2 Miscellaneous Piping
Miscellaneous piping is defined as piping 2 inches and smaller which is not shown on the detailed piping
drawings. All miscellaneous piping shall be routed and installed in a neat, rectangular form. Special
attention shall be given to securing a neat appearance. All piping shall be installed perpendicular or
parallel to the major equipment, building structure, and floor levels except in special cases consented to
by the Owner.
If routing of miscellaneous piping is included under these specifications, all piping, including tubing, not
located on the drawings shall be routed and installed in accordance with the following requirements:
Pipe routing shall allow unobstructed maintenance of plant equipment.
Piping shall not be installed above, or within a horizontal distance of 3 feet from, electrical
equipment such as switchgear, switchboards, control panels, motor controls, contactors,
communication equipment, batteries, battery chargers, and motor generators unless
written consent of the Owner is obtained. Improperly located piping shall be removed
and relocated.
All branch piping shall be provided with shutoff valves at the main headers.
Valves shall be installed in such a manner that they can be operated from the main
operating floors or platforms without the use of ladders or special operating devices.
Piping shall be installed with a minimum of 7'-6" headroom over passageways and
walkways.
Pipe runs that require condensate drainage shall be installed so that they pitch toward
the point of drainage.
Piping subject to freezing shall not be routed in the vicinity of large doors which could be
open for the moving of mobile equipment or maintenance.
Routings shall be selected to avoid interference with planned and dimensioned locations
for electrical trays, raceways, or conduit. The Contractor shall review the Owner's
drawings for electrical construction to avoid such interferences before routing the piping.
Sketches of the proposed routing of all piping not located on the drawings shall be submitted to the
Owner. The Owner's acceptance of all routings shall be obtained before the piping is erected.
15921.3.2.1 Vents and Drains. Vents and drains for system filling and draining may not be shown on
the drawings for miscellaneous pipe. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all required vents and drains
to allow miscellaneous piping to be filled and drained. Each vent and drain shall be sized and shall
include a shutoff valve and a screwed cap in accordance with the vents and drains shown on the
associated P&ID for piping 2-1/2 inches and larger. All piping and fittings for vents and drains shall be
provided in accordance with the Isometric Design Data.
15921.3.3 Temporary Piping
All equipment, piping, and valves of a temporary nature shall be installed in a safe and workmanlike
manner. This shall include such lines as temporary vents for steam blowing, hydrostatic test lines, and all
other temporary lines required to successfully complete the Work. When the temporary piping is no
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 61 of 82
Document1
longer required, any Contractor-furnished temporary piping shall be dismantled and removed from the
site. Temporary piping furnished by others shall be dismantled and stored as directed by the Owner.
Temporary piping shall ordinarily be removed prior to startup and operation of the facility. If for some
reason the temporary piping must remain in place for a time after startup, the piping shall be designed
and installed in accordance with the codes/specifications used with the permanent piping to which the
temporary piping is attached.
15921.3.4 Piping in Existing Areas
Before installation of piping in existing areas, the routings of new piping to be installed shall be walked
down to verify that the piping, insulation, and supports can be installed as designed without interference.
If the piping as designed would interfere with existing facilities, the pipe routing shall be reviewed with the
Owner and shall then be altered or existing piping shall be relocated. All pipe routings shall be subject to
acceptance by the Owner.
15921.3.5 Alterations and Cut-ins
All alterations and cut-ins to existing piping and equipment indicated on the drawings shall be made as
specified herein and as required for proper installation of the new piping and equipment.
All cut-ins shall be done by sawing, machining, or careful flame cutting as directed by the Owner. Flame
cut holes shall be ground smooth. The interior of the piping shall be thoroughly cleaned after cutting.
Whether indicated on the drawings or not, existing miscellaneous piping shall be revised as required to
permit installation, without interference, of new piping and equipment. Existing miscellaneous piping that
interferes with walkways or presents an unsightly appearance after modification of existing buildings,
structures, equipment, or piping shall be relocated as directed by the Owner. The alterations to existing
piping shall include any required revisions, additions, or replacements of insulation and pipe supports.
Any piping materials and valves removed and not reused shall be disposed of as directed by the Owner.
All alterations and cut-ins to existing systems shall be made on a time schedule acceptable to the Owner.
After alterations and cut-ins to existing coated equipment or coated piping have been made, the damaged
coating shall be repaired. All welds and sharp edges shall be finished smooth and all weld spatter shall
be removed. The metal shall be prepared and the coating system applied in strict accordance with the
instructions and recommendations of the coating manufacturer.
15921.3.6 Thermal Expansion
All piping shall be installed so that excessive or destructive expansion forces will not exist either in the
cold condition or under conditions of maximum temperature.
15052.3.6.1 Critical Piping Systems. The general purpose of these procedures is to assure that the
pipe is erected in its correct stress free condition, and that it remains in this position until after the piping
is properly fit up to the major equipment:
1. The dimensions of all shop-fabricated sections shall be checked by field
measurement, and any errors brought to the attention of the Owner.
2. A survey shall be conducted to determine the location of the piping terminal points,
such as the steam generator connections.
3. Bench marks shall be established. These benchmarks shall be relative to the boiler
header centerline elevation and used to correctly position equipment and piping.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 62 of 82
Document1
4. Each spool piece shall be installed in a stress free condition in accordance with the
isometric drawings. Starting from one of the terminal points or other predefined
reference point, successive shop fabricated spools shall be installed to maintain a
tolerance of +/- 1/2 inch of the erected dimensions provided on the drawings. Once a
spool is properly located and any pipe spools immediately upstream and downstream
are confirmed to fit within the tolerances specified, the final erected dimensions shall
be recorded and welding and stress relieving may proceed. As erection of the piping
system progresses, individual spools within the system may be shifted to match the
preceding section so that the dimensions accumulate into the final weld fit-up gap.
The tolerance of the final fit-up gap shall not exceed +/- 1/4 inch relative to each weld
end after allowances are made for weld shrinkage, or other post erection
adjustments, and shall be recorded accordingly. One final adjustment may be made
to correct the difference between the final fit-up gap and the fit-up gap defined by the
welding procedure prior to welding and stress relieving. Any modifications required
to the piping or support system to erect it within these tolerances or in a stress free
condition shall have prior approval of the Owner, who will request a review of the
proposed modification by the Owner's Engineer.
5. Additional temporary supports, if required, shall be installed. Temporary horizontal
restraints shall be installed as required to maintain the pipe in its correct position.
6. Care shall be taken to maintain the pipe in its erected position during welding and
stress relieving. The final fit-up gap shall be monitored during the welding process
to ensure that proper allowances were made for welding shrinkage.
7. The weld at the final fit-up location shall be welded only after all other field welds
have been made and stress relieved. The final weld shall be stress relieved prior to
removing any temporary rigging installed on the piping system.
8. All permanent horizontal guides shall be installed according to the hanger details
based on the erected locations of the piping system. In general, the horizontal
guides shall be installed at the angle shown on the pipe support drawings. Minor
adjustments shall be made (trim, cope, or add shim plates to structural members) to
guides to accommodate actual pipe locations that may vary from design-erected
locations due to fabrication and erection tolerances.
9. After all permanent guides have been installed, temporary supports shall be removed
and the spring supports shall be unpinned and adjusted to the cold position. Spring
supports shall be adjusted to their proper cold position after all insulation and lagging
is installed.
15921.3.6.2 Noncritical Piping Systems. The Contractor shall install the pipe in a stress free condition.
Cold spring shall not be used to close the final joint in runs of piping between equipment and anchors.
The methods used to erect the piping shall result in an installation which is true to plan.
15921.3.7 Pipe Supports
The support assemblies shall not be used for the attachment of rigging to hoist the pipe into place. The
piping shall be securely held in place by other means until the pipe support is completely assembled and
attached to the pipe and building structures and the spring support set to take care of pipe sway. All
rigging shall be removed in such a manner as not to impose a sudden load on the pipe support.
Spring supports on gas filled systems shall not be used during hydrostatic testing of piping systems
unless they are pinned or blocked to act as rigid supports. All piping having such supports that are not
pinned or blocked shall be held securely in place by other temporary means throughout the testing. After
successfully passing the hydrostatic test, the pin or blocking device shall be removed.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 63 of 82
Document1
After the piping has been completely installed, insulated, and filled with its normal operating medium, the
springs shall be adjusted to the "C" or cold position. Critical piping systems shall be checked after being
thermally cycled a minimum of two times and shall be readjusted to the "C" or cold position after the line
has cooled below 150° F.
Welding of pipe supports to structural steel forming a part of the building supporting structure shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Supplemental Specification Q280 in Section 01400. Generally,
welds shall run parallel with the length of the beam and all welding of lugs or attachments shall be
staggered on the sides, with cooling allowed between subsequent weld bead deposits. Loaded beams
shall be unloaded or properly shored prior to field welding if 10 percent or more of the flange width or web
depth should be heated to over 500 F at any one time.
15921.3.8 Cutting and Drilling Structures
All necessary drilling, cutting, and patching of structures required for proper installation of piping or bolts
shall be done, but only as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or with the consent of the Owner.
Any penetrations provided by others are shown on the drawings.
Holes shall not be cut in structural steel. Wherever possible, clamps shall be used for attaching erection
rigging. Lugs may be welded to structural steel only with the consent of the Owner. Upon completion of
the Work, the lugs shall be removed and the surfaces ground smooth.
Holes cut in grating or floor plate shall be banded and reinforced to match the existing materials and
installation details. If no similar installations exist, holes cut in floor grating shall be banded with 1/4 inch
steel bands or standard weight steel pipe welded to the main carrying bars. The bands shall extend the
full depth of the grating and shall project 4 inches above the top of the grating.
If normal grating support is removed by the cutting of holes, the Contractor shall add miscellaneous
angles or other steel as required to properly support the grating.
Holes in floor plate shall be machine cut. Aluminum shall be used for banding aluminum plate and steel
for steel grating or floor plate. After bands and reinforcements have been installed, all welds shall be
ground smooth and weld areas, bands, and reinforcements shall be painted to match adjacent surfaces.
Two coats of zinc rich galvanizing repair compound shall be applied to damaged areas of galvanized
metals.
Holes cut in walls and roofs shall be complete with sleeves, collars, panel edge closures, reinforcing,
flashing, and other accessories in accordance with the details indicated on the drawings.
Field cut holes through walls or roof shall be done with proper cutting equipment, leaving a clean finished
edge. Burning or other nonexact methods shall not be used.
All field cut holes and sleeves shall have adequate provisions to allow for insulation and expansion of
piping as required.
15921.3.9 Equipment Connections
When attaching piping to equipment connections, special care shall be taken so that excessive stresses
are not transmitted to, and imposed upon, such connections. Piping connections to rotating equipment
shall not be finalized until the shaft is aligned and the equipment is fixed in place. As piping is connected,
shaft alignment shall be monitored to determine if piping stress causes any change. An indicator
tolerance beyond 0.002" shall typically require correction. The Owner shall make the final determination
of tolerance depending on the equipment service.
In the case of flanged connections, the piping shall be installed and supported so that accurate matching
of bolt holes and uniform contact over the entire flange area are obtained prior to the installation of any
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 64 of 82
Document1
flange bolts. Bolts shall be carefully tightened to uniformly compress the gaskets and minimize flange
stress.
Special precautions shall be taken in allowing for shrinkage during the welding of nozzle connections so
that excessive stresses are not imposed on the equipment.
Fit-up of the flanges to equipment connections may be checked after the bolting has been installed at the
request of the Owner. Such bolting shall be removed and replaced and new gaskets installed if
requested by the Owner.
Piping erection connections to rotating equipment shall not commence until the rotating equipment has
been installed, aligned, and fixed in place. For connections to rotating equipment, piping erection shall
start at equipment connections and progressively build away from the equipment connection to the
farthest distance practical; this shall mean, as a minimum, that at least the first three dead weight
supports going away from the connection shall be installed on the piping being erected. Pipe
misalignment adjustments shall not be made within this minimum distance from the rotating equipment.
Flange connections should be initially fit and held in relative position using machine pins or other loosefitting devices. Flange bolts shall not be installed until after final flange alignment and rough equipment
alignment has been completed. Rough alignment is required to ensure that final alignment is achievable.
The equipment shall be securely bolted to the structure before flanges are tightened. Travel stops on
spring supports shall remain in place until piping erection is complete, insulation erection is complete,
liquid filled piping (if applicable) is filled with the process fluid, and all temporary supports are removed.
Travel stops shall be installed and remain in place during hydrostatic testing. If the flanged connections
are to be disconnected, the travel stops shall be installed prior to draining the piping system. Pipe
support turnbuckles shall be used to adjust the spring supports, as indicated in the pipe support
installation instructions, to unload the travel stops prior to removal.
Final alignment checks and manufacturer representative's acceptance of connection alignment (if
applicable) shall only be performed with all travel stops in place and all temporary supports removed.
Making up of the welded joints on the steam generator shall be done in strict accordance with the
equipment manufacturer's requirements. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the
manufacturer's requirements.
After startup, if the connecting piping is found to be exerting excessive strains on the equipment, the
piping shall be altered by adjusting the piping supports, cutting and rewelding joints, and removing
sections of piping, all as necessary to eliminate the excessive strains.
15921.3.10 through 15921.3.12 Not Used
15921.3.13 Making Flanged Connections
The faces of all flanges and gaskets shall be wiped clean when making up flanged joints. The contact
faces of all flanges shall meet squarely, and particular care shall be exercised in pulling up flanged joints
to prevent overstressing of flanges or flange bolting.
The threads of all bolting shall be painted with a suitable thread lubricant before the joint is made. The
lubricant shall be suitable for the operating temperatures involved.
15921.3.14 Not Used
15921.3.15 Not Used
15921.3.16 Miscellaneous Small Connections
All openings for vents, drains, instruments, and other similar connections made after erection of the piping
systems shall be drilled. No burning of such openings will be permitted. Connections shall be made in
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 65 of 82
Document1
accordance with the details indicated on the drawings, if details are provided. Any burrs remaining on the
inside wall of the pipe after drilling shall be removed.
The low points of all water piping systems and other systems specified to be hydrostatically tested shall
be provided with 3/4 inch minimum screwed plugged openings as indicated on the drawings and as
required to permit drainage of the systems.
Inspection plugs, drain plugs, and temperature instrument wells having threaded connections to lines
operating above 1100 psi or 950 F shall be seal welded.
The lubricating oil drains on all machinery shall be provided with a brass plug cock of the same size as
the equipment connection and a screwed pipe plug before the installation of the oil.
15921.3.17 Damage to Machined Surfaces
Special measures shall be taken to avoid damage to machined surfaces such as flange facings or pipe
ends that have been prepared for welding. Any damage to welding ends shall be repaired prior to butting
up for welding. If a flange facing is marred, scratched, or damaged to such an extent that, in the opinion
of the Owner, the flange will be a cause for leakage, such flange shall be repaired or replaced.
When welding to equipment that is in the assembled condition, separate ground leads shall be attached
to the equipment, pipes, or components to prevent stray welding currents from arcing the internals of the
equipment. Wherever possible, the ground lead shall be 2/0 cable or larger directly and mechanically
connected adjacent to the welding area and returned directly to the welding power source.
15921.3.18 through 15921.3.20 Not Used
15921.3.21 Penetration Seals
Penetration seals shall be furnished and installed on piping that passes through walls and solid floors
where indicated on the drawings and where otherwise required.
Seals shall be designed for any expected axial and lateral movements.
Seals at penetrations in fire rated walls or enclosures shall be fire rated and shall be acceptable to the
Owner.
Seals in nonfire rated applications shall be Contractor's standard.
Seals shall be installed and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
Insulation Work shall be complete before installing seals on insulated piping. The Contractor shall
measure the outside diameter of the insulated and lagged pipe and the outside diameter of the
penetration sleeve at each point where a penetration seal is to be installed and shall purchase
penetration seals of the proper size.
15921.3.22 through 15921.3.30 Not Used
15921.3.31 Testing
Where required by Article 15921.1.1, materials and equipment tests shall be made by the Contractor as
specified herein, as specified on the Isometric Design Data, and as required by code requirements and
local and state regulations.
The steam piping shall be hydrostatically tested with chemically treated water defined as demineralized
water with sufficient ammonia to raise the pH to approximately 10.0.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 66 of 82
Document1
Water used to test other lines shall be clean, filtered, fresh water (service water or better) and shall be
chemically treated to inhibit biological organisms. Treatment levels shall not exceed 2 mg/L of residual
chlorine.
Testing water shall not be left to stagnate in the lines.
All materials, equipment, tools, instruments, blocking, bracing, bulkheads, blanking plates, and all labor
required to complete the tests shall be furnished by the Contractor. Test water and chemicals shall be
furnished by the Contractor as specified in Article 15921.1.1.
If any tests reveal unsatisfactory materials of Workmanship, such materials or installation shall be
repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner.
15921.3.31.1 Pressure Testing of Piping. When a test pressure is specified for a piping system in the
Isometric Design Data, the specified test pressure shall be applied to the system upon completion of
erection. Where no test pressure is specified, pressure testing is not required for that system except as
specified otherwise herein.
Except as otherwise specified herein or in the Isometric Design Data for "air test," all pressure testing
shall be done hydrostatically in accordance with ASME B31.1. Leaks shall be repaired and the system
retested until accepted by the Owner as satisfactory.
The test pressure shall not be applied until the components being hydrostatically tested and the
pressurizing medium are at approximately the same temperature. All expansion joint control rods and
attachments shall be properly adjusted before application of test pressure.
Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the piping being hydrostatically tested. If
required, taps at the high points of the piping systems shall be made and shall be plugged upon
completion of the testing. The addition of high point vents on alloy piping shall be approved by the
Owner.
Piping that must be hydrostatically tested, but would be adversely affected by rust as indicated in Article
15921.1.1 or as directed by the Owner, shall have a rust preventive added to the test water and shall be
forced-air dried after testing. The chemicals shall be added while the piping system is being filled. All
temporary piping and equipment required for the addition of the chemicals shall be furnished.
All end closures shall be left in place to prevent foreign materials from entering the piping during other
Work. The low points of the piping shall be provided with drain taps and plugs. All plugs in the piping
shall be seal welded.
15921.3.32 Cleaning of Pipe
The inside and outside surfaces of all pipe, tubing, valves, and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt, sand,
loose mill scale, and other foreign materials immediately after removal from storage and before erection.
All lines shall be thoroughly flushed or blown before being placed in service. All steam supply and
compressed air lines shall be air blown.
Any water used for flushing steam drains or similar piping shall be chemically treated water defined as
demineralized water with sufficient ammonia to raise the pH to approximately 10.0.
Water used to flush other lines shall be clean, filtered, fresh water (service water or better) and shall be
chemically treated to inhibit biological organisms. Treatment levels shall not exceed 2 mg/L of residual
chlorine.
Flushing water shall not be left to stagnate in the lines.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 67 of 82
Document1
15921.3.33 Not Used
15921.3.34 Not Used
15921.3.35 Final Adjustment
After a period of initial operation, all flange bolting shall be checked for tightness, and all hangers
readjusted
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 68 of 82
Document1
15941 - Insulation and Lagging
15941.1 General
15941.1.1 Scope of Supply
Scope of supply shall include the following.
15941.1.1.1 Insulation and Lagging Overall Scope of Supply. Insulation and lagging materials shall
be furnished as follows:
For piping and auxiliary equipment as defined herein.
For flatwork areas as defined herein.
15941.1.1.2 Piping and Auxiliary Equipment Insulation and Jacketing Scope of Supply. Insulation
and jacketing materials shall be furnished for the following:
Piping for which an insulation class is given in the Isometric Design Data.
Miscellaneous piping and equipment indicated on attached drawings having an operating
temperature greater than that indicated as the maximum allowable temperature for
personnel protection, which may only be indicated schematically on the drawings.
All piping accessories, such as valves, strainers, and expansion joints.
Insulation and lagging for all piping and valves.
Motor operated and control valves shall have removable insulation covers installed.
Existing insulation and lagging which is damaged or removed by the Contractor during
the performance of other Work under this Contract.
Insulating cement in a quantity sufficient to allow elimination of gaps and voids under
jacketing on insulated piping.
15941.1.1.3 Flatwork Areas and Equipment Insulation and Lagging Scope of Supply. Insulation
and lagging shall be furnished for the following flatwork areas and equipment:
Boiler and penthouse wall insulation and lagging shall be replaced in kind where removed
by the Contractor.
15941.1.2 Items Furnished by Others and Interfaces
Items furnished by others and not in this scope of supply include the following.
15941.1.3 Performance and Design Requirements
Performance and design requirements for the insulation and lagging materials to be furnished under this
section of these specifications are indicated herein:
General Requirements
Maximum surface temperature allowable
for personnel protection
150° F (66° C)
Material Types
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 69 of 82
Document1
Piping insulation materials shall be
Calcium silicate preformed pipe insulation
Auxiliary equipment insulation materials
shall be
Calcium silicate block
Replacement insulation and lagging
materials shall be
Equivalent to the insulation and lagging
materials removed
Material Requirements
Wire mesh for use with equipment which
will have block insulation shall be
Stainless steel
Method of securing insulation to
equipment shall be
Steel bands, welded studs, or impaling
pins and speed washers, as determined by
Contractor for each application
Jacketing for elbows shall be
Preformed aluminum elbows
15941.1.3.1 Requirements for Flatwork Area Insulation Systems . The total insulation
thickness (sum of all layers) for the boiler wall and penthouse wall insulation shall be not less
than the existing insulation at the same location.
15941.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications. In case of conflict, the latter shall govern to
the extent of such difference:
Work
In Accordance With
Preformed calcium silicate insulation for
piping
ASTM C533
Premolded calcium silicate block
insulation for auxiliary equipment and
flatwork
ASTM C533, Type I
Aluminum jacketing for pipe and auxiliary
equipment and aluminum box rib panel
lagging for flatwork areas
ASTM B209, Type 1100, 3003, 3105, or
5005 alloy
Insulating cement
ASTM C195
Wind loads and snow loads for flatwork
ASCE 7
15941.1.5 Materials
The following materials shall be used:
Component
Material
Wire mesh (road mesh, poultry mesh,
etc.)
Carbon steel
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 70 of 82
Document1
Component
Material
Insulation studs, or pins and speed
washers, for piping and auxiliary
equipment
Carbon steel for operating temperatures
750° F (400° C) and below; stainless steel
for operating temperatures above 750° F
(400° C)
Insulation studs, or pins and speed
washers, for flatwork insulation system
Carbon steel
Box rib lagging panels
Stucco embossed aluminum
Flatwork insulation and lagging
subsupport system
Aluminized steel
Flashing for flatwork insulation and
lagging system
Aluminum sheet with finish and color to
match adjacent lagging
Self-tapping screws
Stainless steel
Securing bands for flatwork insulation
and lagging system
Type 304 stainless steel
Strapping for support of insulation on
vertical piping runs
Carbon steel
15941.1.6 Approved Manufacturers of Components
For the following components, only the listed manufacturers are recognized as maintaining the level of
quality of Workmanship required by these specifications. If the Contractor wants to propose a nonlisted
manufacturer that is considered to provide an equivalent level of quality, this manufacturer must be
identified and supporting testimony provided. Acceptance of the manufacturer as a substitute is at the
discretion of the Owner:
Component
Manufacturer
Calcium silicate insulation
Industrial Insulation Group, LLC "Calsilite"
Welded studs for attachment of insulation
Nelson
Preformed aluminum elbows for pipe
jacketing
Childers Products; General Aluminum
Supply Company
Aluminum pigmented mastic
Foster No. 35-01
Joint sealant
Foster No. 30-45
Weatherproof coatings
Manville "Insulkote"
Strapping for support of insulation on
vertical pipe runs
Acro Metal Stamping Co. "Acroflex"
15941.1.7 Test Requirements
The following testing shall be conducted in accordance with the specified source. This testing is to be
considered part of the defined Scope of Work, and all associated costs are the responsibility of the
Contractor unless specifically identified as a Bid Option or Owner-conducted. Tests identified as an
option are to be priced separately. If identified as Owner-conducted, costs for the initial test will be the
responsibility of the Owner. However, the Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with
correcting deficiencies and retesting in the event of a test failure:
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 71 of 82
Document1
Tests
In Accordance With
Conducted By
Testing of temperature
drop and for hot spots
and cold spots in
flatwork insulation and
lagging systems
designed and
guaranteed by the
Contractor
Article 15941.3.2.7
Independent testing
contractor, whose services
are provided by Contractor
15941.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
15941.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
15941.2 Products
This article covers the design, performance, and construction requirements for insulation and lagging
materials for piping and auxiliary equipment and for flatwork areas.
The scope of insulation and lagging materials to be furnished shall be as indicated under
Article 15941.1.1. Scope may be specified by the Owner by means of drawings and other attachments or
may be as required by the Contractor's design if insulation is to be provided for Contractor-furnished
piping and/or equipment items.
All insulation and lagging materials shall be asbestos free. Insulation materials shall be inhibited and of
low halogen content so that the insulation meets the requirements of the standard specified in Article
15941.1.4 regarding stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless steel.
15941.2.1 Insulation Thicknesses
Insulation classes and corresponding insulation minimum thicknesses required for piping and auxiliary
equipment operating at various temperature ranges are indicated on the Isometric Design Data included
as an attachment to these specifications. The Isometric Design Data contains the insulation class
requirements.
The insulation for piping accessories shall be of the same class as is indicated for the piping. Insulation
materials for miscellaneous piping and equipment shall be suitable for the actual operating temperatures
and shall, wherever possible, be of the same insulation class as insulated main piping and equipment
operating under similar temperatures.
Insulation thicknesses for flatwork areas will be as specified by the Owner in Article 15941.1.3 or as
calculated by the Contractor based on information provided in Article 15941.1.3.
15941.2.1.1 Personnel Protection. Where a maximum surface temperature for personnel protection is
specified in Article 15941.1.3, the insulation thicknesses determined by the Contractor shall be based on
the more stringent requirement between personnel protection and heat loss considerations.
15941.2.2 Piping and Auxiliary Equipment Insulation and Jacketing
The Contractor shall furnish all insulation and jacketing materials for the piping and auxiliary equipment
indicated in Article 15941.1.3.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 72 of 82
Document1
Unless otherwise indicated in Article 15941.1.3, when the Contractor is providing replacement insulation
and lagging materials for existing materials that were damaged or removed during the Contractor's
construction activities, the new materials shall be equivalent to the original materials, except that all
materials shall be asbestos free.
Except as specified otherwise, all miscellaneous materials required for complete field installation of
insulation and jackets shall be furnished under these specifications. This shall include such items as
insulating and finishing cements, sealers, plastic insulation materials, moisture barrier materials, wire,
straps, bands, insulation lugs and special supports, pins, clips, meshes, jacket attachment screws, and
neoprene washers.
15941.2.2.1 Piping and Auxiliary Equipment Insulation Materials. Piping and auxiliary equipment
insulation shall be calcium silicate block and pipe thermal insulation having a nominal density of 14
pounds per cubic foot (224 kg per cubic meter).
Insulation for piping elbows and bends may be straight pipe insulation that can be cut into sections as
required for a reasonably smooth contour, or specially molded insulating enclosures may be provided.
Piping and small diameter cylindrical equipment insulation shall be hollow cylindrical shapes split in half
lengthwise or in curved segments. Large diameter cylindrical equipment and other items of equipment
shall be insulated with block or scored block insulation as required to obtain a close fit to the contour.
Molded fitting insulation may be used in lieu of fitting insulation fabricated from straight pipe insulation
segments.
Wire shall be used for securing insulation to piping smaller than 30 inches (750 mm) in diameter and shall
be 16 gauge, ASTM A580 Type 302, Type 304 or Type 304L dead soft stainless steel wire. Straps or
bands for securing insulation to equipment shall be 3/4 inch by 0.020 inch (20 mm by 0.5 mm) stainless
steel.
Where Article 15941.1.3 indicates that welded studs are to be provided for attaching insulation to
equipment, stud length shall be suitable for the insulation thickness. Where Article 15941.1.3 indicates
that pins are to be provided for attaching insulation to equipment, pins for impaling mineral fiber insulation
shall be 10 gauge steel wire in lengths suitable for the insulation thickness. Field welded studs or pins
are not to be used on ASME Code equipment or piping; alternate means shall be provided for attachment
of insulation to those items. Such alternate methods shall be described in the proposal data.
15941.2.2.2 Piping and Auxiliary Equipment Jacketing Materials. Pipe and auxiliary equipment
jacketing shall be stucco embossed aluminum jacketing with a minimum thickness of 0.016 inch.
Aluminum sheets shall be machine rolled and formed to accurately fit insulation curvatures. Aluminum
jacketing for elbows shall be preformed elbow jackets or shall be field fabricated from aluminum sheet, as
indicated in Article 15941.1.3.
Where indicated in Article 15941.1.3, aluminum jackets shall be provided with a polyethylene and kraft
paper moisture barrier attached to the inside surfaces of the jacketing.
Screws for attachment of aluminum jackets shall be stainless steel self-tapping screws. Screws shall be
provided with neoprene washers where indicated in Article 15941.1.3.
Bands used to secure aluminum jacketing over insulation shall be 3/4 inch wide by 0.020 inch thick
stainless steel. Jacketing shall be designed for a 2 to 3 inch lap at circumferential joints, or self-sealing
bands using a suitable sealing compound may be used at circumferential joints.
Where indicated in Article 15941.1.3, the Contractor shall furnish a sufficient quantity of wire mesh and
insulating cement to allow application of wire mesh and then two 1/4 inch coats of insulating cement over
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 73 of 82
Document1
equipment which will be insulated with block insulation to provide a smooth, durable surface under
jacketing.
15941.3 Execution
To prevent galvanic corrosion in locations where joints may be regularly wetted, care shall be used to
prevent permanent contact of aluminum lagging with steel, copper, copper alloy, tin, lead, nickel, or nickel
alloy including Monel metal. Where it is necessary to attach the lagging to carbon steel or low alloy steel,
the steel shall first be prime painted with zinc chromate and then painted with aluminum paint.
All equipment and structures shall be adequately protected from damage from insulation materials and
construction activities. After completion of the Work, all equipment and structures shall be cleaned,
repaired, and restored to their original state. Any aluminum jacketing which becomes corroded,
discolored, or otherwise damaged during installation shall be repaired by replacement of jacketing or
other means acceptable to the Owner.
15941.3.1 Installation of Insulation and Lagging on Piping and Auxiliary Equipment
Insulation shall not be applied over damp, wet, or frosted surfaces. All surfaces to be insulated shall be
clean and dry prior to application of the insulation, and all testing on the piping or equipment shall have
been completed.
The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with that of other contractors performing onsite Work.
15941.3.1.1 Piping Insulation. Calcium silicate piping insulation shall be applied with tight seams and
joints using wire loops on 6 inch centers, or straps on 9 inch centers, where applicable. Wire loops shall
be embedded flush into the outer insulation surface, the ends twisted, excess wire cut off, and the twisted
ends embedded in the insulation. Cracks, voids, and depressions shall be filled with insulating cement
suitable for the piping temperature. The surfaces shall be smooth and uniform before application of outer
coverings.
.Double thickness insulation shall be applied with the longitudinal and circumferential joints of the two
layers staggered. Each layer shall be separately wired or strapped as described above and all cracks,
voids, and depressions shall be filled in the first layer before application of the outer layer.
Ends of pipe insulation shall be stopped a sufficient distance from flanges to permit bolt removal
clearance.
Antisweat insulation for piping shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Elastomeric type antisweat insulation shall be attached by cementing, and all joints
shall be completely sealed by use of the specified adhesive.
Where piping is to be insulated "where hazardous," or for "personnel protection," the piping shall be
insulated in all locations normally accessible to personnel. The insulation on this piping shall extend at
least 7 feet above the floor, platform, or stairway.
Angular link strapping in accordance with Articles 15941.1.5 and 15941.1.6 shall be installed on vertical
piping runs to provide support of the insulation. The strapping shall be applied by cutting it to the
appropriate length for the pipe diameter and bolting the ends together to cinch it to the pipe. For double
layer insulation situations, the strapping for support of the outer layer shall be applied to the inner layer of
insulation. Strapping shall be installed at intervals of 10 feet, maximum.
Elbows and Bends. Insulation on elbows and bends shall be cut into sufficiently short sections to form a
reasonably smooth exterior. After the insulation is in place, it shall be coated as required with insulating
cement to form a smooth surface. If specially molded insulating enclosures are provided for elbows and
bends, they shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 74 of 82
Document1
Flanges. Flanges shall be insulated by means of a series of blocks of insulating material fastened
around the flange by wire loops. Blocks of insulation shall be long enough to overlap the adjacent pipe
insulation an amount equal to the thickness of the adjacent pipe insulation. Insulating cement shall be
applied as required to obtain a smooth finish. As an alternate, sectional pipe insulation of proper
diameter may be used. Flange coverings shall be sufficiently thick to be equal in all respects to that of
the piping. All flanges shall be left uncovered until the pipe and equipment have been in service a
minimum of 10 days and until all flange bolts at leaking flanges have been retightened.
Valves and Specialties. All valve bodies, fittings, drip pockets, separators, strainers, and special
equipment shall be insulated in the manner and thickness as specified for the line in which they are
located, except that plastic cement may be used in lieu of rigid insulation in such places where the proper
curvature can be better obtained. Plastic materials shall be equal in insulating properties to the insulation
specified.
Where small valves are included in valve bypass lines, and the operators of such valves would be buried
in the main piping insulation, boxouts or cutouts shall be provided to allow access to and operation of the
valve handles.
Thermowells shall be completely buried within the piping insulation. Insulation thickness around the well
shall not be reduced.
Trap bodies and unions in trap piping shall be left uncovered. Insulation shall be tapered to a neat finish
at these points so that the traps may be removed without damage to the insulation.
Voids Under Jackets. Insulation shall completely fill all spaces under jackets, so there are no voids
under the jackets. Insulating cement shall be used where required to fill such voids. At flanges, valves,
and specialties, fiberglass insulation may be used in conjunction with insulating cement to fill voids.
Pressure Connection Piping. Pressure connection piping shall not be insulated, except pressure
connection piping from steam lines, which shall be insulated through the loop seal.
Hanger Rods. Where hanger rods project into the insulation, the insulation shall be cut back to allow
free movement of the hanger rod and then sealed.
15941.3.1.2 Not Used.
15941.3.1.3 Equipment Insulation. Equipment insulation shall be applied with interruptions to permit
access doors, inspection doors, flanges, and other special features to be opened or removed for
inspection or maintenance without disturbing the insulation. Boxouts around code stamping symbols and
nameplates shall be provided.
Antisweat insulation for equipment shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
and recommendations and shall be attached by cementing. All joints shall be completely sealed by use
of the specified adhesive.
Where studs are used for installation of block and board insulation, they shall be spaced on not greater
than 18 inch centers both ways and shall be installed by the Contractor. (Field welding of studs to ASME
Code pressure vessels is not allowed, and another means of securing insulation to ASME Code vessels
shall be used.) Block and board insulation of the specified thickness shall be securely wired in place over
the entire surface by means of wire threaded through the lugs both ways, pulled tight with the ends of the
wire loops twisted together, bent over, and carefully pressed into the surface of the insulation.
On equipment where the use of studs is impractical or not allowed, block and board insulation shall be
held in place by use of stainless steel straps or bands passing completely around the equipment. Bands
shall be placed in locations and in adequate numbers to securely hold the insulation in place without
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 75 of 82
Document1
sagging. The distance between bands shall not exceed 9 inches. Metal strap or angle shall be used at
corners and ridges on the insulation to prevent damage to the insulation by the bands.
Double thickness insulation for equipment shall be installed with the joints of the two layers staggered.
All cracks, voids, and depressions in layers of insulation shall be filled with suitable insulating cements
before application of another layer of insulation or jacket application.
15941.3.1.4 Jackets. All piping and auxiliary equipment insulation, except elastomeric antisweat
insulation installed indoors, shall be completely covered with jackets so there is no exposed insulation.
Attachment. Bands or screws shall be used for attachment of jackets.
Screws shall be placed in such locations and numbers as required to produce tight joints without bellying.
The spacing of fasteners shall be as uniform as practicable and on centers not exceeding 6 inches,
except where piping insulated outside diameters are smaller than 9 inches, where spacing shall be on
centers not exceeding 4 inches.
Bands shall be spaced on not less than 12 inch centers.
Joints. Wherever possible, joints shall be lapped a minimum of 2 inches. Self-sealing bands which
provide a positive seal utilizing a nonsetting sealer may be used over circumferential joints of piping and
small diameter cylindrical equipment jacketing. Joints in out-of-doors locations shall be placed so as to
shed water. Longitudinal joint outer laps shall have a 3/8 inch turnback edge.
Butt joints in aluminum jackets, such as at piping tees, shall be made using a rolled seam.
Openings in out-of-doors jackets for piping connections, supports, or access shall be flashed and
weatherproofed.
Joints and openings in out-of-doors jackets that cannot be effectively sealed against entry of moisture by
flashings or laps shall be weatherproofed by application of joint sealer.
Cement on fittings, piping, and valves shall be dry before installing aluminum jackets.
Radius Bends and Elbows. All insulated long radius bends shall be jacketed using spiral wrapped
aluminum strips or individual mitered segment gores cut to fit the insulation shapes. Jacketing shall be
applied in either instance over a continuous freshly applied coating of aluminum pigmented mastic.
Jacketing strips shall be attached using screws as herein specified.
Piping elbows shall be jacketed with preformed elbows if furnished or with mitered segment elbow jackets
field fabricated from pipe jacketing.
End Covers. Exposed ends of piping insulation shall be provided with flat covers attached by a rolled
seam.
Jacket Doors. Hinged or sliding doors designed for convenient opening shall be provided in equipment
jackets at all nameplates, code stampings, and nonprojecting connections and access openings.
15941.3.1.5 Patching. If existing refractory and insulation adjacent to new construction Work is
damaged or otherwise deteriorated to a condition requiring repairs to achieve a durable finished job, such
areas shall be repaired or replaced as acceptable to the Owner.
15941.3.1.6 Removable Insulation Covers. Removable insulation covers for control valves and motor
operated valves shall be provided.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 76 of 82
Document1
15941.3.1.7 Provision for Expansion. Joints in piping and equipment insulation and jacketing shall
include provisions for expansion to prevent damage to the insulation. Expansion spaces shall be of
sufficient gap and provided in sufficient number to absorb the expansion and contraction movements of
the piping and equipment. Expansion spaces shall be tightly packed with compressible mineral fiber wool
insulation. Expansion spaces on double layer insulation shall be staggered.
Jacketing joints shall be lapped and sealed with nonsetting cement, or shall be provided with self-sealing
bands or other acceptable provision made which will absorb the relative jacket movement.
Joints at insulated flanges, fittings, valves, and specialties may serve as expansion joints through the use
of nonsetting cement where one size of insulation nests over the other.
Cylindrical equipment shall be provided with expansion joints or other provision for expansion as required
in both the longitudinal and circumferential directions.
15941.3.2 Installation of Flatwork Insulation and Lagging Systems
All insulation materials and accessories shall be stored clean, dry, and protected from the weather.
Installed insulation, not yet fully lagged and sealed, shall be protected from inclement weather.
The Contractor shall follow all applicable manufacturers' recommendations pertaining to the storage,
mixing, and use of their products.
All field welding shall be done by qualified operators using applicable procedures, materials, and
equipment.
Where equipment name or data plates are located so that they will be covered by insulation, the plate
shall be permanently installed on the outside of the insulation. Equipment name or data plates, located
such that they are raised above the insulated surface, shall have the area under the plate insulated and
shall be suitably flashed and caulked to prevent the entrance of moisture.
Lagging and flashing shall be installed so as not to interfere with the free opening of access doors or the
removal of insulated cover panels. Lagging and flashing shall not interfere with the motion of damper
linkages or restrict access to damper operators. Lagging and flashing shall not interfere with, or restrict,
the movement of ductwork expansion joints in any direction.
The Contractor shall protect adjacent equipment, structures, and pavements from all dripping or sprayed
materials used in the Work.
15941.3.2.1 through 15941.3.2.6 Not Used.
15941.3.2.7 Tests and Inspections. After the flatwork areas and equipment have been placed in
service, the following tests and inspections shall be conducted related to the insulation and lagging
system as installed. If the testing is performed by an independent testing subcontractor, the services and
costs shall be included as part of this Contract. The independent testing subcontractor, the detailed
testing program, and the dates for the test shall be mutually agreeable to the Owner, Contractor, and
suppliers of equipment insulated and lagged under this Contract.
Lagging surfaces shall be inspected by the use of infrared photography, or other applicable means, to
determine if "hot spots" exist. Surfaces contacting flue gas shall be visually inspected for signs of
condensation and/or corrosion resulting from "cold spots."
One copy each of all test data (grid readings, infrared test film) for each section of the equipment and
breeching tested shall be provided to the Owner and to equipment suppliers where applicable.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 77 of 82
Document1
If testing and inspections determine that gas path temperature drops exceed those specified, or that "hot
spots" or "cold spots" exist, the Contractor shall submit a technical proposal to the Owner for approval of
modifications to correct the deficiencies, and after proposal approval, shall accomplish such modifications
in accordance with the contract regulations.
The costs of the modifications proposal and any subsequent modification costs or testing costs shall be
borne by the Contractor.
Should modifications be necessary, the appearance of the lagging after modifications shall not be
degraded from the appearance of the lagging as originally installed.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 78 of 82
Document1
15971 - Steam Generator Modifications
15971.1 General
This section covers general requirements for modifications to the steam generator to be performed by the
Contractor as part of the sootblower system replacement project. Requirements of Section 15901
Mechanical Equipment Erection and the erection requirements included in Drawing CL06-001-S6025
shall also apply to this Work.
15971.1.1 Scope of Supply
The Work included under these specifications include, but are not limited to, design, furnish, and
installation of boiler water wall modifications required for installation of the new sootblowers in new
locations.
15971.1.2 Scope Responsibilities
Boiler modifications shall include all Work required for a complete and functioning installation, including
design of the modifications, removal of existing components, all required testing and inspection, and
placing the equipment in successful operation.
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating inspection of completed modifications with the Owner's
Authorized Inspector (AI), insurance carrier, and any additional entities or agencies which are required to
perform inspections of the boiler modifications.
All boiler modifications shall have qualified third party inspection and certification:
1)
Boiler modifications constructed and stamped shall be in accordance with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
The inspector shall be qualified as required by the NBIC Code for boiler
modifications installed within the state of Nevada. The inspector shall hold a
valid National Board Commission.
2)
In all cases, the qualified inspector's certificate must be acceptable to the
authority or state government of Nevada having jurisdiction at the plant site. The
regulatory agency in the state of installation may require inspection prior to
shipping.
The Owner's inspector is not to be construed as the Authorized Inspector responsible for performing
Code inspections.
15971.1.3 Not Used
15971.1.4 Codes and Standards
Work performed under these specifications shall be done in accordance with the following codes and
standards. Unless otherwise specified, the applicable governing edition and addenda to be used for all
references to codes or standards specified herein shall be interpreted to be the jurisdictionally approved
edition and addenda. If a code or standard is not jurisdictionally mandated, then the current edition and
addenda in effect at the date of this document shall apply. These references shall govern the Work
except where they conflict with the Owner's specifications. In case of conflict, the latter shall govern to
the extent of such difference:
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 79 of 82
Document1
Work
In Accordance With
Design, fabrication, and installation of
steam generator components
NBIC – 2011 Edition
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section I
ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping
OSHA Standards
Any additional governing state and local
regulations
Structural welding other than ASME
American Welding Society (AWS), D1.1
Welding procedure specifications,
qualification testing, and welder
qualifications
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section IX or, for structural steel, AWS
D1.1
15971.1.5 Materials
All materials shall be equivalent to the existing materials and in accordance with Code requirements.
15971.1.6 Not Used
15971.1.7 Test Requirements Not Used:
15971.1.8 Technical Attachments
Technical attachments relevant to the Work under this section are listed in Section 01100.
15971.1.9 Supplemental Specifications
Technical supplemental specifications that are applicable to the Work covered under this technical
specification section are identified and included in Section 01400.
15971.2 Not Used
15971.3 Execution
Modification of steam generator components shall be in accordance with the Code requirements and
recommendations, requirements and recommendations of the AI, and these specifications.
15971.3.1 General
This section covers the requirements for field modification of the steam generators. Requirements of
Section .
All welding operations, including temporary attachments, shall be accomplished by welders qualified in
the procedure to be used.
In addition to any required Code inspection, all fabrication, materials, and packaging shall be subject to
inspection by the Owner at all stages of modification and shall conform to the specifications included in
the Purchase Order.
Shop drawings of the modifications shall be available for the Owner's inspector at the time of the
inspection.
Surfaces shall not be painted until the Owner's inspection is complete.
Details of erection Work not covered herein shall conform to accepted good engineering practice, the
methods outlined in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, the requirements of AISC, the Owner's
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 80 of 82
Document1
drawings, the erection drawings, applicable nationally recognized codes, and all applicable state and local
codes.
The Contractor will be responsible for the field modification of the affected steam generator components.
The Contractor will complete the P-3 or P-3A Manufacturers' Data Report form. The Contractor will
provide applicable P-4 and P-4A forms for his scope of Work. The Contractor will complete the applicable
code data reports for assembly activities and provide the reports to the Authorized Inspector, Owner, and
Owner's insurance provider, as required.
15971.3.2 Not Used
15971.3.3 Piping Erection
All piping shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Technical Supplemental Specification
M802 - Piping Erection.
15971.3.4 Temporary Piping and Equipment
All equipment, piping, valves, and fittings temporarily required in the course of erection, cleaning, testing,
and startup of the unit shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. This shall include, but not be
limited to, temporary gauge glasses for use during chemical cleaning and blanking fixtures required to
seal off piping terminals for hydrostatic test and air and gas envelope tests. When no longer required, all
temporary material shall be dismantled. Such temporary materials will remain the property of the Owner.
15971.3.5 Cleaning and Painting
After the steam generator modifications have been completed, all exposed shop primed and finish
painted surfaces that have been damaged, and all previously unprimed surfaces, shall be repaired by
repainting. Previously unprimed exposed surfaces shall be prime painted.
Before application of paint, all surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale, oxidation,
and other foreign materials. Cleaning shall be by solvents, if necessary, and wire brushing, scraping, or
blast cleaning.
Prime painting shall consist of one brush applied coat of rust inhibitive or zinc chromate primer of a type
that is compatible with the shop primer paint used.
All surfaces of aluminum jackets that will be in contact with steel or cast iron shall be thoroughly prime
painted with an alkyd resin zinc chromate primer.
Areas or equipment that require finish painting or that will be inaccessible after complete erection of the
steam generator shall be finish painted. The paint manufacturer and color will be determined by the
Owner.
15971.3.6 Not Used
15971.3.7 Air and Gas Envelope Test
After modification of the furnace tubes and/or inner skin casing, a leakage test shall be performed. The
test shall prove the tightness of the equipment through the modified areas of the steam generator.
Sonic leak detection or vacuum box testing may be used to locate air leaks. The proposed sonic
detection procedure shall be submitted to the Owner for review. The sonic leak detection test shall be run
at a pressure of 7 inches wg.
All defects in Work discovered as a result of the pressure test shall be corrected and the unit shall be
retested. All equipment and labor required for this test shall be furnished by the Contractor.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 81 of 82
Document1
15971.3.8 Stamping
A stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished for all modifications. Required markings shall not be
stamped directly on the components or parts modified. Nameplates shall be installed on the
manufacturer's standard nameplate holder of sufficient length to project at least 1 inch beyond the
components insulation.
The contractor shall assign and stamp a National Board Registration number on all vessels manufactured
and stamped to ASME Section I requirements.
The Owner's equipment item number shall be stamped on the nameplate.
All inspection stamps and code symbol stamps required, together with other necessary information, shall
be applied in accordance with the governing codes.
For alloy steel piping, information shall be stamped on steel bands at least 1 inch wide, mechanically
fastened to the piping. An alternate stamping method allowed is low stress die stamps such as
interrupted dot or round nose type tools.
PR # 10479705
F-3 - Page 82 of 82
Document1
SECTION G
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I.
Documentation
1.
Contractor shall provide a final detailed Work plan for each sub-project within 30 Days from
date of award of a Contract explaining how each major activity is to be accomplished
successfully in the scheduled outage time. CPS Energy must approve each plan prior to start
of the Work.
2.
Contractor shall provide a detailed Project Schedule for each sub-project in an electronic
format compatible with Microsoft Project within 3 weeks from award of contract. Contractor
shall update the schedule on a daily basis, at a minimum. The schedule format should identify
all scope items in bar-chart format, including start, finish and activity duration dates, total
float, and at a minimum should include demolition, erection, installation, pre-outage and
outage activities, materials and delivery. The schedule must include all major activities and
milestones and should be accurate. Start and end dates for completion of activities should
indicate actual percentage completion of events. The Contractor shall update the schedule
and deliver it to CPS Energy’s Field Representative every day. The Schedule must describe
in detail the proposed workflow through any Subcontractors, including document flow.
3.
Contractor shall provide daily shift status reports or updates, not to be confused with the
schedule. Shift reports should include updates for ongoing tasks such as number of tubes
being welded per shift or number of tubes demolished, etc. This update is necessary to keep
plant management up to date on Contractor tasks during daily meetings. Contractor should
consider establishing a spreadsheet to assist in tracking this information.
4.
Contractor shall provide, in a single binder to CPS Energy's Field Representative, an
MSDS/SDS for all materials to be used on-site such as paint, solvent, oils, acetylene, dyes,
etc. Contractor shall provide such documentation at least two weeks prior to mobilization
on site.
5.
Contractor shall provide copy of all NDE reports and a copy of all radiographic testing data
for CPS Energy records including any re-work or interpretations. Additionally, Contractor
shall provide all records or charts of post-weld heat treatments, including identification of
weld location, and a copy of all other examination reports, weld maps, or other records called
for in this specification.
6.
Contractor shall provide all mill test reports (MTRs) on any and all material used on pressure
parts which were not provided by CPS Energy, including membrane materials.
7.
Contractor shall provide the following documentation prior to leaving the Work site: weld
map, all MTRs, all properly executed P-4’s, and welding-rod usage (type and amount), which
must contain, at minimum, the following: date, specific welding rod, and pounds used to
meet the documentation needs of CPS Energy; Report of Welding Repair (R-1 Form), and a
new pressure-part nameplate with an appropriate R Stamp.
PR # 10479705
G - Page 1 of 11
Document1
8.
Contractor shall provide, for CPS Energy approval, the following items before site Work
begins: Welding Performance Qualifications (WPQs) Welding Procedure Specifications
(WPSs), and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs) for all welding to be performed,
including a list of the specific welds and associated procedures for welding and testing.
Contractor shall provide said information to Owner or Owner's representative at the project
site at least two (2) weeks prior to mobilization.
9.
Contractor shall supply engineered stamped rigging plans at a minimum two (2) weeks prior
to Work. Contractor shall provide any plans and/or designs of special techniques (if any) to
be used by Contractor for handling and/or erection of the equipment that includes any rigging
plans, etc., as noted elsewhere herein. All plans provided shall also be approved in writing
by CPS Energy Representative before work commences. Contractor shall ensure that no
rigging is attached to any boiler-pressure parts.
a. Note: Back to back channels supplied with tube assemblies are not designed
for vertical lifting. Additional attention for vertical lifting is required in the
engineered stamped rigging plans.
10.
Contractor shall provide a personnel list including each employee's job profile, such as
welder, helper, and including their level (i.e., journeyman, supervisor, etc.) and their
expected arrival date. This will be required within three (3) working days of personnel arrival
on-site.
11.
Contractor shall provide all other data and records required by national, federal, state, or local
codes and regulations having jurisdiction with regard to Work performed by Contractor.
II.
Installation / Technical Requirements
1.
The Contractor shall ensure that all materials are properly cleaned prior to installation. All
tubes are to be sponge-blown after preparation and prior to installation, and Contractor must
have a QA/QC plan for controlling sponges.
2.
Compressed air, in excess of that readily available at the plant, shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor, unless otherwise specified in writing. All compressed air requirements for
contractor in lay-down areas are responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall furnish, build
and install all temporary materials, equipment, and facilities required for cleaning, blowing
out, flushing, etc., to be performed by Contractor, including piping or other equipment.
Contractor shall blow out existing tubing as directed by Owner or Owner’s representative.
Contractor shall keep a written log to turn over to CPS Energy Field Representative showing
the completion of sponge blows prior to commencement of contractor fit up with a signature
of both Contactor and CPS Energy representative as witnesses.
3.
Before any installation may begin, Contractor shall verify all measurements at the site and
obtain all necessary additional information for the completion of their Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for working through System interferences or difficulties that may exist.
4.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all the necessary support and lifting devices
for completion of the Work scope. The Contractor will ensure that all equipment used for
hauling, handling, and lifting of materials has been properly tested to assure safety in use.
PR # 10479705
G - Page 2 of 11
Document1
All lifting equipment and attachments must be of sufficient design to allow an appropriate
safety factor. All lifting equipment and attachments must be marked with the maximum load
rating for that piece of equipment or attachment. The Contractor is responsible for
determining the load rating of all lifting device attachment locations. Contractor shall ensure
that all temporary attachments, ties, modifications, etc. required to perform the Work are
removed and all equipment and installations returned to as-found condition.
5.
Contractor shall ensure that all rigging and lifting are made from the boiler support or
structural steel and that no lifts are made from pressure components This includes any
internal rigging established by Contractor. All attachments to building steel for hoisting
and rigging are subject to written approval by the Owner and Owner’s representative.
6.
Contractor shall be required to fabricate custom lifting beams for each major assembly.
Contractor shall furnish all hoisting, rigging, and other construction equipment (regardless
of size and type), welding equipment, welding rod, and expendable supplies required for
unloading, assembly, and erection of equipment to be erected by Contractor.
7.
The Contractor must furnish all required storage for electrodes. Flux-coated electrodes must
be protected from moisture. Electrode ovens and portable heaters must be located at specific
welding sites. Damaged electrodes will not be allowed.
8.
Contractor shall cooperate with Owner and Owner's field representative(s) and other
contractors on the site in the setting and aligning of equipment. Drawings should be
consulted and if there are any questions and/or if any conflicting information is found, an
assigned CPS Energy person shall be consulted by Contractor to assist with resolution of
such.
9.
Contractor shall be responsible for the equipment and materials to be unloaded and/or erected
from the time of their arrival at the site, until the Work is accepted in its entirety by Owner,
except during such time as said equipment or materials are removed from the control of
Contractor by specific instructions of Owner. Contractor and Owner representative will
inventory any and all parts received. After inventory, contractor shall assume responsibility
for all received and inventoried material. Contractor shall be responsible for any inventoried
material lost or misplaced. If said equipment or materials arrive at the site after the award of
the Contract, but before the arrival of Contractor on the job site, Contractor shall have
complete responsibility for the equipment or materials while they are being unloaded and
handled for him by others. Contractor shall receive, unload and stack as needed, all material
needed for each job.
10.
Contractor is responsible for all temporary attachments for handling, alignment, etc.
Contractor shall ensure that attachment welds are made in accordance with the applicable
requirements of the governing code, with procedures and welders qualified in accordance
with ASME Section IX. Contractor shall ensure that temporary attachments, after serving
their purpose, are removed by cutting as close to the material surface as is practical without
gouging into the surface. The remaining portion should be ground smooth to meet the
contour of the material. If the surface was painted, Contractor will repaint with like color.
11.
When painting is required, prior to painting, Contractor shall ensure that 1) all components
are free of loose scale, rust, oil, grease, and other deleterious foreign materials; 2) all unmachined ferrous surfaces are given a coat of high quality rust-resistant primer paint suitable
PR # 10479705
G - Page 3 of 11
Document1
for the purpose; 3) primer paint is acceptable to the Owner; and 4) threads and machined
surfaces of ferrous metals are coated with a rust preventive. Note: paint containing an asphalt
base may not be used.
12.
Contractor shall ensure that all tube and pipe openings are securely plugged, capped, or
otherwise blanked off, sealed with tape, and suitably protected against damage and entry of
foreign materials and moisture. Additionally, for piping field-fabricated by Contractor, all
openings of the fabricated piping and remaining cut pipe shall be provided with protectors,
as soon as possible after cleaning. Where connections are located in an area where they may
be subject to damage from other operations at the Project Site or constitute a hazard,
Contractor shall provide barricades and/or warning signs around the area. Contractor shall
remove such protection at completion of work or once no longer a hazard.
13.
Metal lagging being reinstalled or replaced shall match existing lagging materials and must
be tight, and when used outdoors, shall be weather-tight under the most severe conditions.
All other lagging shall be secured with suitable self tapping sheet metal screws. Screws shall
be placed on not greater than 6 inch centers or equal pattern spacing for replacement
materials. The use of “pop” type rivets will not be permitted.
14.
Contractor MUST advise size entry required into boiler, i.e., expected cut lines and
sequencing in advance of outage for preparation prior to the outage (for pre-outage work) on
boiler as well as elevations, locations and equipment staging on the unit.
15.
CPS Energy at its cost, reserves the right to contract a service representative to be assigned
to this Project to assist with oversight on behalf of CPS Energy. Contractor shall coordinate
all planned details of installation with the service representative assigned to project.
16.
Contractor shall cooperate with CPS Energy, CPS Energy’s service representative and other
Contractors at or near the Project Site. Drawings should be followed for the Work
procedures. Any questions or any conflicting information should be addressed to the
CPS Energy representative and original equipment manufacturer for resolution. Contractor
shall obtain all original equipment manufacturer data required by Contractor and not
furnished with this Specification. Contractor shall verify the erection tolerances required for
the materials and equipment with CPS Energy and service representative.
17.
Contactor shall maintain records for the control of receipt, protection, and disbursement of
CPS Energy’s equipment and material. A record shall be made of all CPS Energy equipment
and materials that are received and accepted or rejected.
18.
Any correctional work required to be done by Contractor in order to install the original
equipment manufacturer materials properly, and which is due to design issues, shall be
reported by Contractor immediately and shall be done by Contractor only upon prior written
approval and order of original equipment manufacturer representative.
19.
Contractor will be responsible to provide all necessary miscellaneous tubing, piping, hangers
(including all lugs, clips, plates, rings, eyes, clamps, accessories, other miscellaneous piping,
connections and appurtenances), which may be shown or not on drawings but which may be
required to complete the Work and to make the System function properly. This includes
fittings, pipe support elements and specialties; insulation, insulation supports, pipe saddles
for insulation protection, and associated components. All components shall be manufacture,
PR # 10479705
G - Page 4 of 11
Document1
type and material suitable for the service, pressure and temperature conditions deemed
acceptable to CPS Energy field representative.
20.
Contractor shall use pre-formed, water-soluble purge dams for welding air barriers in the
tubes. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES may toilet paper or any other form of paper be
used! Owner recommends Shur-Purge water-soluble purge dams. Any other purge dam
must be approve by owner prior to use.
21.
The Contractor will be responsible for the transport of all material and equipment to the job
site and from the on-site storage area to the site of permanent installation. The Contractor
will be responsible for the loading and unloading of all material and equipment.
22.
Buckstays MAY NOT BE CUT by Contractor, only removed, unless prior permission in
writing is received from the CPS Energy field representative and Plant Manager.
23.
The Contractor, as part of its responsibility, shall replace any structural components that are
removed to facilitate the Contractor’s Work; however, before removal of any of these
structural components, prior written approval must be received from the CPS Energy field
representative and Plant Manager.
III. Codes and Standards
1.
All Work provided in this specification shall comply in every respect with the Contractor’s
quality assurance manual and all applicable codes, standards, specifications, and test
procedures of the below organizations. If differences exist, the more stringent conditions
will apply. All reference to codes, standards, and material specifications will be the latest
edition and applicable revision, including all supplements and revisions up to the date of the
Contract.
2.
NFPA Code 241 – Construction and Demolition Operations
3.
ANSI – A10 Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition
4.
NECA National Joint Guideline NG-6, Temporary Job Utilities and Services
5.
ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
Section I – Power Boilers
Section II – Material Specifications
Section V – Non-destructive Examination
Section IX – Welding Qualification
6.
ANSI – American National Standards Institute
7.
ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
8.
AWS – American Welding Society
9.
ABMA – American Boiler Manufacturers Association
10.
NFPA – National Fire Protection Institute
PR # 10479705
G - Page 5 of 11
Document1
11.
NBIC – National Board Inspection Code
12.
OSHA – National Occupation Safety and Health Association
13.
Contractor shall be responsible for any violations of Codes and/or Standards that result due
to its negligence.
14.
This installation will be considered a repair and therefore must be performed in accordance
with the NBIC and ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel Code as referenced by the NBIC latest
revision.
15.
All documentation required by applicable codes, standards, and NBIC are the responsibility
of the Contractor.
16.
The Contractor shall abide by all OSHA safety rules during the course of this project.
CPS Energy’s Safety Department will initially address violation of any OSHA safety rules.
CPS Energy’s Safety Department will report repeated violations to OSHA.
17.
The Contractor is responsible for following Volume I, Exhibit D, "Policy for Contractors”.
Contractor will provide a signed copy of the “Policy for Contractors” signed by all Site
Supervision including Superintendent, Project Managers, Day and night Supervisors or Shift
Supervisors, Foremen and QA/QC personnel prior to commencement of work on site.
IV. Welding and Inspection Requirements
1.
All welding procedures and welders must meet the requirements of ASME Section IX current
Addenda and the requirements for welding outlined in ASME Section I. The Contractor
must have current qualification records for each process and welder.
2.
Pressure-part welders furnished by the Contractor for this Work must be certified in
accordance with ASME and AWS guidelines. A copy of welder certification papers for each
welder must be presented to CPS Energy’s field representative or an authorized
representative, before he/she is allowed to weld. Contractor shall not permit, under any
circumstances, a welder without certification documents in CPS Energy’s files to be allowed
to weld on any pressure parts. Production welds are not to be used for welder certification.
Any welds made by welder(s) without certification documents in CPS Energy’s files shall be
removed and re-welded at Contractor’s expense.
3.
Qualification of welding procedures to be used and qualification of welders shall comply
with the latest requirements of Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
and with other governing codes. Weld procedures and procedure qualifications shall meet
all of the requirements of the latest issue of ASME Section IX in effect at the time of Contract
award.
4.
Performance test records of welders issued by a previous employer in lieu of qualification
tests conducted by Contractor will not be acceptable.
5.
Contractor shall visually inspect all welds for defects and slag. All defects and slag found
shall be removed by chipping and grinding by Contractor, prior to the deposit of additional
filler metal. Peening of weld metal is not permitted (regardless of contractor procedures).
PR # 10479705
G - Page 6 of 11
Document1
6.
All areas where lugs or attachments to pressure parts are installed shall be examined, at
Contractor’s expense, by magnetic particle or liquid penetrant methods and must meet
acceptance standards as stated in ASME B31.1. Any linear indications shall be removed by
Contractor and the area retested. Contractor shall repeat this procedure until no indications
are noted. Note: No torch cut lifting eyes or lugs will be allowed. All lifting eyes and lifting
lugs must be machined equivalent, smooth, rounded, openings.
7.
Tack welds incorporated into the finished welds shall be visually inspected for defects. All
defects shall be removed before covering tack welds with additional weld metal.
8.
Weld contour shall have a gradual increase in thickness from the edges to the center, and the
surface transition shall be smooth without ridges or depressions, on the inside and outside of
the weld.
9.
Where Radiographic Testing (RT), is required, the inside and outside of finished surfaces of
the welds in ferritic steel Systems shall be ground smooth and flat within 1/32 in. of the base
material, unless it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owner’s
representative that the as-welded surface will not produce radiographic film indications that
could mask a defect.
10.
Arc strikes are not acceptable: All evidence of arc strikes or weld deposits adjacent to the
weld preparation on the base metal shall be removed by grinding.
11.
Preheat and post-heat treatment of welded joints shall be in accordance with WPS and meet
the requirements of the applicable codes. Temperature monitoring with temperatureindicating crayons is acceptable for preheat and must be utilized.
12.
An acceptable stamping is to have the welder's identification traceable to the joint by
documentation.
13.
The Contractor shall acquire the services of an Authorized Inspector (AI) in accordance with
the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation requirements to inspect and officially
approve work performed by Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for completing
the Report of Welded Repair or Alteration (R-1 Form) as described in Section X. Documentation. Final payment will not be made until this document, signed by the
Contractor’s AI, has been supplied to CPS Energy.
14.
Dedicated, full-time, QA/QC inspectors shall be required and present while all pressure-part
welding is being performed both day and night shifts.
15.
CPS Energy’s inspectors will inspect Work while in progress. Every effort will be made not
to impede the Contractor’s progress with these inspections; however, Contractor must allow
these inspections without extra charges to CPS Energy.
16.
Contractor shall use Radiographic Testing (RT) as its inspection method. Any deficiencies
in workmanship found by RT or other NDE shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense,
including 100% re-examination of all repaired or replaced weld(s). After a repaired weld
has failed a second attempt, the weld will be completely removed and re-welded. Contractor
shall continue this process until no unacceptable welds are found. All RT data and related
documentation shall be supplied by Contractor at the end of the project to CPS Energy, at no
extra cost. CPS Energy at its own expense may elect to test any welds in the field. Any
PR # 10479705
G - Page 7 of 11
Document1
discrepancy between the submitted RT data and CPS Energy's test data shall trigger
additional testing of ten percent (10%) of the total pressure part welds at the Contractor’s
expense; therefore, precise documentation by the Contractor is mandatory. Requirements
for Radiographic Testing (RT) for the Project is as follows:
i. The Contractor shall test 100% of all T-91 pressure part field welds.
ii. The Contractor shall test a minimum of 10% of all non-T-91 pressure part
field welds.
iii. The Contractor shall test a minimum of 10% of all pressure part welds made
by each individual pressure part welder.
17.
All Radiographic Testing (RT) examination for the Contractor shall be performed by a
vendor approved by CPS Energy. Minimum NDE certification shall be at Level II per
ASNT-TC-1A. Radiography shall meet the acceptance criteria of ASME Section I & V.
18.
The Contractor shall maintain a complete current weld map for all pressure-part welds. The
map should contain, at a minimum, the following information for each weld: a) welder’s
name(s), b) date weld made, c) indication if weld was RT’d, and d) RT date and pass/fail
status. A copy of the up-to-date map shall be maintained in the Contractor’s office and made
available to CPS Energy for inspection. Contractor shall provide CPS Energy with one (1)
copy of this map at the conclusion of the job.
19.
Any deficiencies in workmanship found during pressure testing shall be repaired at
Contractor’s expense. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that their AI is present
during any testing, pressure test or other.
20.
Any combustible material or electric cables, etc., beneath or adjacent to welding operations
shall be protected against sparks, splatter, and molten material by Contractor. Contractor
shall ensure that safe conditions exist prior to and during any welding in areas where coal
dust and/or gas may be present. Contractor shall be responsible for supplying any portable
ventilation or other equipment necessary to ensure that safe conditions exist.
21.
The use of a rosebud, torch, or weed burner on Grade 91 material for preheating, PWHT or
any other use is NOT PERMITTED. Any Grade 91 material that is heated with these
methods for any amount of time will be removed at Contractors expense. Also, temperature
monitoring during preheating or PWHT with only temperature-indicating crayons is
unacceptable for Grade 91 material.
22.
While performing PWHT on all Grade 91 material, temperatures SHALL NOT exceed
1450⁰F. An Owner representative must be made immediately aware of PWHT temperatures
exceeding 1450⁰F, as this situation will require Owner’s engineering review. Owner will
determine if removal and replacement is required. All rework will be performed at the
expense of the Contractor.
23.
If performing PWHT on multiple tubes at once consisting of Grade 91 material, monitoring
thermocouples must be placed on every other tube at a minimum. Locations of both
monitor and control thermocouples must be approved by the CPS Energy Field
Representative prior to performing PWHT on any Grade 91 tube assembly. Wrapping
heating pads around tube assemblies prior to PWHT of Grade 91 tube assemblies must also
PR # 10479705
G - Page 8 of 11
Document1
be visually inspected and approved by the CPS Energy Field Representative before insulating
the heating pads.
24.
Lifting lugs will not be attached to any Grade 91 material in the field without procedural
review and consent by Owner.
25.
Hydrogen bake-out procedures must be provided prior to commencement of Work, and must
be approved by Owner, if the use of SMAW is planned for any Grade 91 material.
26.
Longitudinal field welds on Superalloy-304H material are strictly prohibited. Any
Superalloy-SA-213-304H tube receiving a longitudinal field weld will be replaced at
Contractor’s expense.
V.
Additional General
1.
Upon start of the Project, in the event that any scheduled activities reflect more than one (1)
day negative float, Contractor shall call a meeting with the CPS Energy Field Representative
the same day and submit a specific plan to rectify the situation.
2.
In the event that any scheduled activities reflect more than two (2) days' negative float,
Contractor shall call a meeting the same day with the CPS Energy Field Representative and
involve Contractor’s corporate management to work out a solution to correct the situation.
3.
In the event of delays beyond three (3) days' float, Contractor shall provide immediate
corporate management presence on-site.
4.
Final copies of “Reference Drawings” and “Construction Drawings” are hereby made a part
of the Contract Documents.
5.
Contractor Project Manager(s), foremen, and QA/QC personnel must all sign a copy of the
Fossil Generation Maintenance and Engineering Services Policy for Contractors, upon
mobilization and (Prior to commencement of any work on site).
6.
An elevator will be available for contractor use when available in a safe working condition.
Elevator usage however must be approved prior to use and is subject to review and refusal
by the CPS Energy Plant Manager at any time. Stairs will remain available as an option.
7.
The Contractor’s representative(s) must sign the Contractor’s registration book, located in
the LOTO room, at the start and end of each shift. There shall be no exceptions.
8.
The Contractor’s Project Manager or assigned representative(s) will be required to attend
progress meetings as designated by the CPS Energy Field Representative.
9.
Contractor shall coordinate lay down areas, crane and other equipment footprint required
upon award of contract.
10.
The Contractor’s work area will be defined at the start of the outage project. Contractor must
assure its work force does not go into work areas where they are not permitted. Contractor
may post appropriate signs to facilitate this control. Any Contractor personnel found in
unauthorized plant areas may be removed from CPS Energy’s property. The Contractor will
be expected to coordinate Work with other personnel in the area such as other contractors,
and plant personnel, to assure all Work is completed on schedule.
PR # 10479705
G - Page 9 of 11
Document1
11.
The Contractor shall have a competent, experienced Project Manager on the job site at all
times when Work is being performed, whether by the Contractor’s employees or by a
Subcontractor. Once Work commences, Project Managers are not to be changed without the
consent of CPS Energy’s field representative.
12.
Contractor shall order all goods, materials and equipment required to complete the scope of
Work far enough in advance to ensure no delay to the schedule due to material or equipment
deliveries.
13.
Contractor shall furnish adequate and competent supervisory personnel and the services of
all craftsmen required for the unloading, handling, and erecting of all the equipment to
complete the Work regardless of the type of work involved, and shall be responsible for
proper and correct Work assignments to workers skilled in their particular line of work.
Competent Project Managers for each sub-project, to whom instructions may be given and
who are vested with authority to make decisions binding on Contractor, shall be on the
premises at all times to represent Contractor. Contractor's representative shall remain on the
premises until final acceptance of the Work has been obtained from the Owner.
14.
The Contractor is responsible for any damage to plant equipment relating to its Work.
Contractor shall report any damage immediately to the CPS Energy field representative. The
Contractor is responsible for any loss or damage to their tools and equipment or those
borrowed from CPS Energy.
15.
Contractor shall provide any and all containment necessary to prevent contaminants from the
job, such as particulates, from entering the plant drains. Contractor shall also prevent/remedy
contamination of the surrounding area generated as a result of this job (i.e., tracking of soil
which could contaminate plant drains).
16.
The Contractor will clean and secure their Work area regularly throughout the day and
through completion of the Project. Upon completion of the Project, CPS Energy will perform
a final clean-up inspection and if the area is found to be unsatisfactory, Contractor will
continue cleaning until it meets CPS Energy’s approval.
17.
CPS Energy has the right to require the installation of Contractor's scaffolding, thought to be
unsafe or requiring attention, to be modified to CPS Energy’s satisfaction by said scaffold
contractors at any time in order to maintain highest level of safety. Additionally, Contractor
will be required to work with CPS Energy or their scaffold subcontractor personnel to ensure
that there are no conflicts with the material placement for typical outage scaffolding
requirements.
18.
Owner's permanent stairways and platforms, if installed in Contractor's work area, will be
available for Contractor's use. Contractor shall furnish and install all temporary stairways,
ladders, scaffolding, and platforms required for Contractor's Work. Contractor shall remove
the temporary stairways, ladders, scaffolding, and platforms after they have served their
purpose.
19.
Contractor shall erect all temporary barricades that may be required as directed by Owner.
All such barricades shall be arranged so as to ensure the safety of the workmen and passersby.
Contractor shall remove such protection at the completion of the Work.
PR # 10479705
G - Page 10 of 11
Document1
20.
Rental equipment, placement, logistics and footprint, such as forklifts, booms, sky
track/genie units, cranes, and generators, must all be included in Contractor's scope of Work.
21.
Storm water runoff: All metal shall be shimmed off of the ground using wood blocks. All
fabrication areas shall be cleaned up daily. This is to include shavings, slag, etc. All disturbed
areas that remove vegetation or sensitive drainage areas will require the installation of best
management practices to minimize the transport of silt. Vegetated areas disturbed during
project must be revegetated after completion. If the disturbed area is greater than 1 acre and
less than 5 acres, the contractor will be responsible for the development and implementation
of a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
22.
Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures: All petroleum products and chemicals in
containers greater than or equal to 55-gallons shall be in secondary containment. If
contractor has quantities of petroleum products greater than 1,320 gallons in containers
greater than or equal to 55-gallons, they will be required to have a Spill Prevention Control
and Countermeasures Plan also known as SPCC Plan.
23.
CPS Energy has a no-drug tolerance policy. The Contractor shall be responsible for
providing drug and alcohol-free personnel. Any personnel found to be using drugs will be
removed from CPS Energy’s property.
PR # 10479705
G - Page 11 of 11
Document1
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
FOR
SPRUCE 2 BOILER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
VOLUME III
RFP No: 7000133688
ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 9, 2015
PR #10479705
Document1
SECTION H
PROPOSAL
CPS Energy
P.O. Box 2906
San Antonio, Texas 78299-2906
Attention: Karen T. Smith
Supply Chain
RE: SPRUCE 2 BOILER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
Request for Proposal No: 7000133688
The Contractor, having read and examined the Specifications and associated Contract Documents
for the above designated Work and having visited the representative site(s) of the proposed
construction and thoroughly familiarized self with the factors which will affect the execution of
the Work and the cost thereof, does hereby propose to perform all the Work as set forth in this
Proposal. All prices stated herein are firm and shall not be subject to escalation provided this
Proposal is accepted within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the official opening of Proposals.
The Contractor hereby declares that the following list states any and all variations from and
exceptions to the requirements of the Contract Documents and that, otherwise, it is the intent of
this Proposal that the Work will be performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents.
(Continue on separate page, if necessary, and attach hereto)
PR # 10479705
H - Page 1 of 2
Document1
The Contractor agrees to start construction and to complete the Work in accordance with the
schedule set forth in these Contract Documents. It is understood that all construction shall be
complete and all construction plant and facilities shall be removed from CPS Energy property as
scheduled. The Contractor fully understands that the time of completion is of the essence of the
Contract.
Dated this
day of, 2015.
Offeror
By
Title
ATTEST:
Business Address of Offeror
State of Incorporation
Address of Principal Office
PR # 10479705
H - Page 2 of 2
Document1
ATTACHMENT A-1
PROPOSAL PRICE AND ADJUSTMENT UNIT PRICES
A-1.1 Base Proposal Price Summary– Contractor will complete the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents for the TOTAL lump sum price of:
Base Schedule Lump Sum Price for the Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly Replacement
Project from Section A-2.1, in Attachment A-2:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
Base Schedule Lump Sum Price for the Soot Blower Installations Project from Section A2.2, in Attachment A-2:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
A-1.2 Optional Proposal Price Summary– Contractor will complete the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents for the TOTAL lump sum price of:
Optional Schedule Lump Sum Price for the Superheat Vertical Platen Assembly
Replacement Project from Section A-3.1, in Attachment A-3:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
Optional Schedule Lump Sum Price for the Soot Blower Installations Project from Section
A-3.2, in Attachment A-3:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
A-1.3 Schedule of Adjustment Unit Prices - In the event the Work indicated or specified in the
Contract Documents is increased or decreased, the price set forth above shall be increased or
decreased in accordance with the following schedule of Adjustment Unit Prices:
a) Labor Rate Sheets (Contractor to provide)
b) Equipment Rate Sheets (Contractor to provide)
c) Mark-up Rates (Contractor to provide)
PR # 10479705
Att A-1 - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT A-2
BASE SCHEDULE PROPOSAL PRICE AND MILESTONE PAYMENT SCHEDULE
A-2.1 SUPERHEAT VERTICAL PLATEN ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT PROJECT
BASE SCHEDULE PROPOSAL PRICE – Contractor will complete the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents for the total lump sum price of
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
This total lump sum consists of the following:
Materials:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
Skill or Labor:
Other:
PR # 10479705
Att A-2 - Page 1 of 2
Document1
A-2.2 SOOT BLOWER INSTALLATIONS PROJECT BASE SCHEDULE PROPOSAL
PRICE – Contractor will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the
total lump sum price of
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
This total lump sum consists of the following:
Materials:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
Skill or Labor:
Other:
A-2.3 MILESTONE SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS – Milestone payments will be made based
on the following percentages of the lump sum Base Schedule Proposal Price for the affected boiler,
given in Section A-2.1 above:
Milestones:
Percent Lump Sum Value
Milestone 1: Contractor Mobilization on Site
20%
Milestone 2: Contractor Pressure Part 50% Complete
20%
Milestone 3: Successful Boiler Pressure Test (Hydro)
30%
Milestone 4:
Final Acceptance - Furnish Complete Binder which includes:
Report of Welded Repair (R-1 Form) signed by the Contractor’s
AI along with a final weld map, documented weld rod usage
(Type and Amount), documented paint usage, and new nameplates
with R Stamp.
PR # 10479705
Att A-2 - Page 2 of 2
30%
Document1
A-2.4 SCHEDULE MILESTONES
Contractor guarantees to reach the Pressure Test Ready Milestone no later than 47 Days after the
Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
Contractor guarantees to reach the Time of Completion Milestone no later than 55 Days after the
Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
A-2.5 SCHEDULE GUARANTEES – Contractor agrees that should it neglect, fail, or refuse to
complete the Work by the Scheduled Time of Completion Date, then Contractor agrees to pay to
CPS Energy the sum per Day specified by the Contractor below.
Contractor agrees to pay _______________________________dollars and ___________cents
($XXX.XX) per Day after the Scheduled Time of Completion Date until the unit has reached
the Time of Completion Milestone.
The total payment cap from failure to meet the guaranteed delivery dates, and specified by the
Contractor, shall not exceed ____
percent (__%) of the lump sum value of the
Proposal, designated in Volume III, Sections A-2.1.
A-2.6 ITEMIZED PRICE ESTIMATE FOR ADDITIONAL WORK – Contractor will
complete the additional Work for J.K. Spruce Unit 2 in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Contractor will provide man-hour and price estimates for each task listed below
and described in Volume II, Section F, IX.
Estimated
Estimated
Man-Hours
Total Cost ($)
Boiler Scaffold
(installation and removal): ………………………………. _________
_________
Miscellaneous Boiler Weld Repairs
(not to exceed 2500 man-hours): ………………………… _________
_________
Miscellaneous Boiler Refractory Installation
(not to exceed 200 man-hours): ………………………….. _________
_________
Replace Four (4) “B” Elevation Burner Assemblies: ……. _________
_________
Total of Additional Work: ……………………………… _________
_________
A-2.7 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT FOR ADDITIONAL WORK – Contractor shall submit
invoices after completion of each itemized task listed in A-2.6.
PR # 10479705
Att A-2 - Page 3 of 2
Document1
ATTACHMENT A-3
OPTION SCHEDULE PROPOSAL PRICE AND MILESTONE PAYMENT SCHEDULE
A-3.1 SUPERHEAT VERTICAL PLATEN ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT PROJECT
OPTIONAL SCHEDULE PROPOSAL PRICE – Contractor will complete the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents for the total lump sum price of
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
This total lump sum consists of the following:
Materials:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
Skill or Labor:
Other:
PR # 10479705
Att A-3 - Page 1 of 2
Document1
A-3.2 SOOT BLOWER INSTALLATIONS PROJECT OPTIONAL SCHEDULE
PROPOSAL PRICE – Contractor will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents for the total lump sum price of
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
This total lump sum consists of the following:
Materials:
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
(price written in words)
($
)
(price in numbers)
Skill or Labor:
Other:
A-3.3 MILESTONE SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS – Milestone payments will be made based
on the following percentages of the lump sum Option Schedule Proposal Price for the affected
boiler, given in Section A-3.1 above:
Milestones:
Percent Lump Sum Value
Milestone 1: Contractor Mobilization on Site
20%
Milestone 2: Contractor Pressure Part 50% Complete
20%
Milestone 3: Successful Boiler Pressure Test (Hydro)
30%
Milestone 4:
Final Acceptance - Furnish Complete Binder which includes:
Report of Welded Repair (R-1 Form) signed by the Contractor’s
AI along with a final weld map, documented weld rod usage
(Type and Amount), documented paint usage, and new nameplates
with R Stamp.
PR # 10479705
Att A-3 - Page 2 of 2
30%
Document1
A-3.4 SCHEDULE MILESTONES
Contractor guarantees to reach the Pressure Test Ready Milestone no later than ____ Days
after the Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
Contractor guarantees to reach the Time of Completion Milestone no later than ____ Days
after the Initial Notice to Proceed Milestone.
A-3.5 SCHEDULE GUARANTEES – Contractor agrees that should it neglect, fail, or refuse to
complete the Work by the Scheduled Time of Completion Date, then Contractor agrees to pay to
CPS Energy the sum per Day specified by the Contractor below.
Contractor agrees to pay _______________________________dollars and ___________cents
($XXX.XX) per Day after the Scheduled Time of Completion Date until the unit has reached
the Time of Completion Milestone.
The total payment cap from failure to meet the guaranteed delivery dates, and specified by the
Contractor, shall not exceed ____ percent (__ %) of the lump sum value of the Proposal,
designated in Volume III, Sections A-3.1.
A-3.6 ITEMIZED PRICE ESTIMATE FOR ADDITIONAL WORK – Contractor will
complete the additional Work for J.K. Spruce Unit 2 in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Contractor will provide man-hour and price estimates for each task listed below
and described in Volume II, Section F, IX.
Estimated
Estimated
Man-Hours
Total Cost ($)
Boiler Scaffold
(installation and removal): ………………………………. _________
_________
Miscellaneous Boiler Weld Repairs
(not to exceed 2500 man-hours): ………………………… _________
_________
Miscellaneous Boiler Refractory Installation
(not to exceed 200 man-hours): ………………………….. _________
_________
Replace Four (4) “B” Elevation Burner Assemblies: ……. _________
_________
Total of Additional Work: ……………………………… _________
_________
A-3.7 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT FOR ADDITIONAL WORK – Contractor shall submit
invoices after completion of each itemized task listed in A-3.6.
PR # 10479705
Att A-3 - Page 3 of 2
Document1
ATTACHMENT A-4
CONTRACTOR RATE SHEETS
PR # 10479705
Att A-4 - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT B
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS, REFERENCES AND EXPERIENCE
PR # 10479705
Att B - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT C
“R” STAMP DOCUMENTATION
PR # 10479705
Att C - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT D
SAFETY INFORMATION
PR # 10479705
Att D - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT E
SUBCONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 1 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 2 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 3 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 4 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 5 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 6 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 7 of 8
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att E - Page 8 of 8
Document1
ATTACHMENT F
PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN
PR # 10479705
Att F - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT G
QUALITY PROGRAM
PR # 10479705
Att G - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT H
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PR # 10479705
Att H - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT I
BASE PROJECT SCHEDULE / OPTIONAL PROJECT SCHEDULE
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
PR # 10479705
Att I - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT J
LITIGATION / CLAIMS / COMPLIANCE HISTORY
PR # 10479705
Att J - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT K
WARRANTY
PR # 10479705
Att K - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT L
EQUIPMENT LIST
PR # 10479705
Att L - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT M
EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
(Redlined Contract Documents )
PR # 10479705
Att M - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT N
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PR # 10479705
Att N - Page 1 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT O
CPS ENERGY BUSINESS QUESTIONNAIRE
PR # 10479705
Att O - Page 1 of 1
Document1
PR # 10479705
Att O - Page 2 of 1
Document1
ATTACHMENT P
PR # 10479705
Att P - Page 1 of 1
Document1